I

SPOLIA ZETLASICA.

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

CEYLON.

VOLUME II.

COLOMBO :

GEORGE J. A. SKEEN, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, CEYLON.

1905.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME II.

Part V. — April, 1904.

1. Stebbing, Rev. T. R. R. —

Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon

2. Horn, W. —

Cicindelidae of Ceylon

3. Schwarz, 0. —

Diagnosis of a New Species of Elateridae ...

4. Chalmers, A. J. —

Ascaris lumbricoides in the Liver and Pancreas of Man

5. Notes. —

1. Crows and Flying Foxes at Barberyn. A. Willey

2. Leaf -mimicry. A. Willey

PAGE

L

30

46

47

50

51

Part VI.— August, 1904.

1. Coomaraswamy, A. K. —

Mineralogical Notes ... ... ... 57

2. Report on Parasites in the Carcases of Buffaloes ... 65

3. Boulenger, G. A. —

Description of a Frog \_Rana greenii ] from Ceylon ... 73

4. Green, E. E. —

Notes on some Ceylon Butterflies ... ... 75

5. Castellani, A., and Willey, A. —

Observations on Haematozoa of Vertebrates in Ceylon ... 78

6. Note.— The Black Variety of Felis chaus. H.M. Drummond-Hay 93

Part VII. — October, 1904.

1. Boulenger, G. A. —

Description of a New Snake ... ... 95

2. Hancock, J. L. —

The Tettigidae of Ceylon ... ... ... 97

3. Note. — Miscellaneous Insects from Ceylon. E. E. Green ... 158

Part VIII. — March, 1905.

1. Green, E. E. —

On Toxorhynchites immisericors, the Elephant Mosquito ... 159

2. Chalmers, A. J. —

Anophelinae found in Ceylon

165

( iv )

/ ■ ,v

SO 5, Si"

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

(’EY LON.

n %4 r *» ^ "x

CONTENTS.

<7*4 S\ ' IS

PAGE

1 . Stebbing, Rev. Thomas, R. R. —

Gregarious Crustacea from Ceylon ... ... 1

2. Horn, Dr. Walfcher —

The Cicindelidae of Ceylon ... ... 30

3. Schwarz, 0. —

Diagnosis of a New Species of Elateridae in the Colombo

Museum ... ... ... 46

4. Chalmers, Albert J. —

Ascaris Lumbricoides in the Liver and Pancreas of Man 47

5. Notes. — Crows and' Flying Foxes; Leaf-mimicry (A.

Willey) ... ... ... 50

With seven plates and, four illustrations.

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover.]

COLOMBO :

GEORGE J. A. SKEEN, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, CEYLON.

1904:.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

By the Rev. Thomas R. R. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S.

With six Plates and one text-figure.

IHE following paper was prepared in response to the request

-L- of my friend Dr. Arthur Willey, D.Sc., F.R.S., who sent me

the group of specimens. Writing from the Colombo Museum in

August, 1902, he says : —

“ While collecting in a salt water lake having both fluviatile and

marine connections I came across some piles of cocoanut driven

into the water by fishermen, which harboured great numbers of

small organisms, tubicolous amphipods and boring isopods, and in

amongst the tubes several errant species, isopods, amphipods, and

what I took to be tanaids, &c. I thought this was a very interest¬

ing example of association of animals, and it occurred to me to

send samples of the specimens to you . I only obtained one

specimen of the Alpheug, the one sent.

“The tubicolous amphipods were mostly on the inner surface

of the bark stripped off the piles. The boring isopods were mostly

above the water line. I cut off the top of the block and had it

photographed and send copy. It looks like a bee or a wasp nest,

each cell containing an isopod when fresh and several with

young.

“ The tubicolous amphipods (when they leave their tubes)

move about with a straight motion like a caterpillar or grub. The

errant amphipods which were amongst the tubes were dark gray

in colour, and had the familiar sidelong motion. The tanaids

crept out from the innermost recesses, often appearing to emerge

from the tubes themselves.

“ Some of the empty holes of the boring isopods at the top of

the pile actually contained dipterous larvae.”

B

8(3)04

2 RPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Appended was a list of the sorted specimens : —

44 1. Twelve errant isopods, epizootic upon the colonies of

boring isopods and tubicolous amphipods.

“ 2. Boring isopods.

44 3. Tubicolous amphipods.

44 4. Four crabs.

44 5. Dark gray errant 4 epizootic’ amphipods.

44 6. One blue-green alpheid.

44 7. 4 Epizootic ’ tanaids, with some gravid

The accompanying labels gave the locality as Lake Negombo.

The collection proved upon examination to contain altogether ten

species. In English waters a comparable society of crustaceans

that penetrate the fibres of submarine timber includes the amphi-

pod Ghelura terebrans , Philippi ; the tanaid now known as Tanais

cavolinii , Milne-Edwards ; and the isopod Limnoria lignorum

(J. Rathke), with which others are from time to time found in

company. Monsieur Chevreux has found no less than twenty-

three species of amphipods residential upon the crab Mamaia *

squinado , though probably nothing like that number on any one

individual. To Dr. Willey’s timber-haunting group I assign the

following names : — No. 4, Baruna socialis , n.sp. ; No. 6, Alpheus

heterochelis , Say ; No. 7, Gyathura pusilla , n.sp., accompanied

by a single Tanais philetcerus, n.sp. another specimen of which

occurred with No. 3 ; No. 1, Girolana willeyi , n.sp., accompanied

by a single specimen of Gorallana nodosa , Schiodte and Meinert ;

No. 2, Splicer oma terebrans , Bate, accompanied by specimens of

the minute Iais pubescens , Dana ; No. 5, Melita zeylanica,

n.sp. ; No. 3, Corophium tricenonyx, n.sp. The ten species accord¬

ingly represent ten genera, distributed over ten families in four

principal divisions of the Malacostraca.

BRACHYURA.

GATOMETOPA.

Family : GRAPRID^.

1886. Grapsidce , Miers, Challenger Brachyura, Reports, vol.

XVII., p. 252.

1900. Alcock, Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, vol. LXIX., pt. 2,

pp. 283, 389.

Alcock remarks that this family consists of 44 littoral (rock-

haunting), or pelagic (drift weed- and timber-haunting), or estua¬

rine and paludine, or fluviatile, or rarely terrene Catometopes.”

* For explaining this change from a pre-oecupied name use is being made of

an opportpnity more suitable than the present.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

3

BARUNA , n.g.

Carapace broader than long, flattened, with short transverse

median groove, front slightly depressed, antero-lateral margins

tridentate. Third maxillipeds completely opercular, exopod

broad but narrower than the third joint, which itself is narrower

and shorter than the fourth, the connection between the two

being angular between points at the same level ; the fifth joint,

implanted at the middle of the somewhat irregular apical margin

of thejdistally widened fourth joint, is also distally widened, and

carries feathered setae on its outer border ; enormously long

feathered setae proceed from the inner surface of the fourth

and from the apices of the three following joints. Chelipeds of:

the male subequal, very large, with a gap between the closed

fingers, the other legs hirsute on the back, the last pair the shortest.

Pleon of seven segments in both sexes, in the female broad with

densely hirsute margins, in the male with the last segment longest,

subparallel-sided.

This genus appears to approach Varuna and Pseudograpsus,

established by Milne-Edwards, and Stimpson’s Platygrapsus ,

but in Varuna the third maxillipeds have the fourth joint smaller

than the third, in Pseudograpsus (at least as defined by Miers)

they have the exopod as broad or nearly as broad as the third

joint, and in Platygrapsus the third joint meets the fourth in a

singularly oblique line of junction. The definition of Pseudo¬

grapsus given by Milne-Edwards in 1837 would include the

species about to be described, but it is evidently quite distinct

from either P. penicilliger (Latreille) or P. pallipes , Milne-

Edwards, the only two species referred to Pseudograpsus at its

institution.

BARUNA SOGIALIS , n. sp.

Pl. 1a.

The carapace is punctate, apparently a little depressed trans¬

versely behind the front and at this part furry, some long hairs

being distributed over other parts of the back. The front is a

third of the extreme breadth. The antero-lateral margins are

shorter than the postero -lateral, and are divided into three lobes,

that nearest the orbit being the largest and subdivided into six or

seven small teeth, the next into three or four, while the last

is simple, rather a blunt tooth than a lobe. Both sexes have seven

distinct segments in the pleon, which in the male narrows rather

abruptly at the fifth segment, and has the last segment the longest,

apically rounded. The pleon in the female is very broad, especially

4

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in respect to the last four segments, densely fringed with long

hairs which assist in retaining the very numerous eggs. The

second antennae are tipped with an elongate seta.

The first maxillipeds have the little process which De Haan

appears to be describing in regard to his genera Trichopus

(= Varuna) and Eriocheir by the words, in the first case, “lacinise

externae lamella ex medio margine interiore producta, neque

transversa, auctae,” and in the second with omission of the word

“ medio ” and substitution of “ ovata ” for “ neque transversa.”

In modern language this would be interpreted as a reduction

of “ the endopodite to a minute projection of the inner margin of

the exopodite.” The second maxillipeds have the penultimate

joint densely lined with long setae. The third pair have the

peduncle of the exopod large, but not as broad as the third joint

of the main stem. This in turn is neither so wide nor so long as

the great fourth joint, which has the fifth joint inserted at the

middle of its broad apical margin.

The chelipeds (or first peraeopods) are; very large in the male,

subequal, with the inner distal margin of the wrist finely serrate,

the hand very bulky, the thumb having two rows of fine denticles

along its inner margin, receiving at its broad apex the point of

the movable finger, which is similarly serrate, but also has a

prominent stout tooth near the base. There is a large gap

between the closed finger and thumb. In the female the chelipeds

are quite small, and the small thumb and finger close their

straight margins together without a gap. The second peraeopods

have the last four joints densely setose on the inner surface towards

the outer margin, and the first of these joints furnished with

unequal teeth or spines about the inner margin, the apex of which

is acute in the wrist. The fifth peraeopods are rather smaller

than the three preceding pairs, but similarly hirsute.

The larger of the two male specimens was 7*4 mm. broad at

the widest part of the carapace and 5*25 mm. long at the centre

of it. The two females were both laden with eggs. In this sex

the carapace was as long as that of the male, but not quite so broad.

The specific name alludes to the part taken by this little species

in the group of crustaceans here under discussion.

MACRURA.

Family: ALPHEIML

1888. A Ipheidce , Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports, vol. XXIV.,

p. 528.

1893. Alpheidce , Stebbing, History of Crustacea, p. 230.

1899. Alpheidce , Coutiere, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 8, vol. IX.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA PROM CEYLON.

5

1902. Alpheidce , De Man, Kiikenthal’s Ergebnisse, Abh. Senc-

kenb. Gesellschaft, vol. XXV., pt. 3, p. 861.

1903- Alpheidce , G. M. Thomson, Trans. Linn. Soc. London,

Zook, vol. VIII., pt. 11, p. 436.

ALPHEUS , Fabricius.

1798. Alpheus , Fabricius, Supplementum Ent. Syst., p. 404.

The species Alpheus socialis , Heller, as described and figured

by Mr. G. M. Thomson in the work above-mentioned, shows

remarkable variability in regard to the frontal portion of the

carapace and the shape of the large cheliped. It is a question,

however, whether the specimens examined may not have belonged

to more than one species.

ALPHEUS H E TER OGH ELIS, Say.

1818. Alpheus heterochelis , Say, Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad.,

vol. I., p. 243.

1825. Athanasus edwardsii , Audouin, Explic. planches de

Savigny, pi. 10, fig. 1.

1884. Alpheus edwardsii , Miers, Voyage of H.M.S. Alert,

1881-1882, p. 284.

1888. Alpheus edwardsii , Bate, Challenger Macrura, Reports,

vol. XXIV., p. 542, pi. 97, fig. 1.

The solitary specimen obtained of this species was described

by Dr. Willey as a blue-green Alpheus , taken among the tubes of

the tubicolous amphipods at Lake Negombo, The blue-green tint

on its arrival in England was no longer visible, the general

colouring being quite pallid, but diversified by a large squarish

patch of bright orange in the middle of the carapace, and a

similar hue along the back of the pleon. The larger cheliped

is on the left ; both limbs are of a dusky orange, with a faint

bluish line here and there. The length of the specimen is about

25 mm.

It cannot, I think, be distinguished from the species described

by Miers in the reference given above, and the name here

assigned to it really rests on his authority. Otherwise I should

have been inclined to adopt for it the name Alpheus avarus ,

Fabricius, in agreement with Spence Bate’s observation that

“ Alpheus avarus , Fabricius, appears to have no strongly marked

features separating it from Alpheus edwardsii,” But Miers,

6

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

while including in his long list of synonyms Alpheus avarus ,

De Haan, expressly distinguishes that species from the homony¬

mous Fabrician species. That Miers gave the preference to

Audouin’s name over the earlier one by Say is obviously due

to his error in dating Audouin’s “ Explication ” in the year 1809.

That date may apply to Savigny’s unnamed figure, but the name

was not given by Audouin till 1825, and was evidently unknown

to Desmarest when he published his “ Considerations generates

sur les Crustaces ” in that year. The synonymy given by Miers

is criticized by Coutiere in his valuable treatise on the Alpheidce

(p. 35), with the result that, apart from detailed description, the

term Alpheus edivardsii (or its equivalent here adopted) becomes

rather the designation of a group than the name of a species.

ISOPODA ANOMALA.

Family : Tanaidce.

1853. Tanaidce (part), Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., vol. XIII., p. 792.

1899. Tanaidce , Norman, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 7,

vol. III., p. 332.

1900. Tanaidce , Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5,

p. 613.

1901. Tanaidce , H. Richardson, Proc., Washington Acad. Sci.,

vol. III., p. 565.

1902. Tanaidce , H. Richardson, Trans. Connect. Acad. Sci., vol.

XI., p.278.

Under the head of the above references numerous others

relating to this family will be found.

TANAIS , Milne-Edwards.

1828. Tanais , Milne-Edwards, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 1, vol.

XIII., p. 288, and in Precis d’Entomologie par Audouin

et Edw.

1840. Tanais , Milne-Edwards, Hist. Nat. Crust., vol. III.,p. 141.

Other references are easy to find under those which deal with

the family. The typical species Tanais cavolinii , Milne-Edwards,

under the name Tanais tomentosus , Kroyer, is figured with

admirable detail by Sarsin the Crustacea of Norway, vol. II., pi. 5.

According to Dollfus, the date of the Precis d’Entomologie is 1828,

not 1829 as I have supposed in “Willey’s Zoological Results.”

In addition to the species above-mentioned, in which the uropods

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

7

are three- jointed, as they are also in T . stanfordi , H. Richardson

(1901), the genus contains the following species, in all of which

the joints of the uropods are more than three : — -

Tanais hirsutus , Beddard, with uropods about 12- jointed, established in 1886.

Tanais willemoesii, Studer, with uropods 8- jointed, do. 1884.

Tanais alascensis, H. Richardson, with uropods 7-jointed, do. 1899.

Tanais novce-zealandice, G. M. Thomson 5- jointed, do. 1880.

Tanais rohustus , Moore, with uropods 4-jointed, do. 1894.

Tanais grimaldii, Dollfus, with uropods 4-jointed, do. 1897.

Tanais chevreuxi, Dollfus, with uropods 4-jointed, do, 1898.

Tanais testudinicola , Dollfus, with uropods 4-jointed, do. 1898.

TANAIS PHILETsERlJS, n. sp.

PI. 2.

Among numerous examples of Cycithura pusilla there occurred

a single example of this much smaller species, a female with

a pair of small ovisacs attached beneath the fifth peraeon segment.

Its features will be most easily understood by comparison with

those of the best known Tanais , T. cavolinii , which in general

character the present species closely resembles, though it is

considerably shorter and much more slender.

The cephalic segment is a good deal longer than broad, the

front rounded, the eye-pieces acute in dorsal view, but in fact

having rounded margins. The first two pi eon segments have

the dorsal fringe of plumose setae. The telsonic segment has a

produced bluntly triangular apex, with a pair of unequal setae on

each side at the base and an apical pair.

The two pairs of antennae, the mandibles, and second maxillae

show no substantial differences from those in the earlier known

species. The lower lip has the small process at the outer apex

devoid of setules. The first maxillae have the backward-bent

“ palp ” ending in only two, not several, setae. The maxillipeds

in dissection came away in two halves as if not coalesced at the

base, but as the epipods were lost, the dissection may have been

a cause of disruption. The subsidiary plate, which reaches to

the distal end of the ante-penultimate joint, appears to have

a distal joint, process, or group of setae, set on at right angles

to its main stem ; but as this part in both members was clogged

with obscuring material, I can only mention the appearance

and figure it by conjecture.

The first gnathopods have the hand and finger somewhat more

robust than in the female of T. cavolinii. It is in the male

that these limbs are generally distinctive. The slender straight¬

fingered second gnathopods agree with those of the species

just mentioned ; the first and second peraeopods in the hand

8

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

and not uncinate finger approach the second gnathopods, but

in the spiny armature of the ante-penultimate joint and the

greater proportionate length of that which precedes it they are

nearer to the three following pairs. These have the penultimate

joint slightly curved and distall y bulging, with the finger strongly

hooked, but this hook is not, as it is in T. cavolinii , armed inside

with a comb of denticles.

The pleopods differ in armature markedly from those of the

species compared, for there the branch which is the smaller and

attached to the upper part of the stem has its outer margin well

fringed with setae, whereas in the new species this margin has a

single seta near the base. Both species alike have a little tooth-like

spine at the apex of this branch.

The uropods are four-jointed. On one side the penultimate

joint is decidedly the largest of the four, but its superiority in

length is less marked in the other member of this pair of append¬

ages.

The colour was light mottled brownish gray in spirit. The

length from front of head to end of telson was 3 mm.

The specific name, from a Greek word meaning “ lover of

comrades,” alludes to the discovery of this little animal in the great

association of pile-dwellers which Dr. Willey has brought to light.

From other members of the genus which have four-jointed

uropods the new species is readily distinguished. T. robustus ,

Moore, and T. testudinicola , Dollfus, have the pleon distinctly six-

segmented, and the bands of setae on the first two of those segments

wanting or feebly represented. The second of these has the front

of the head sharply produced. In T. grimaldii , Dollfus, the

cephalic segment is almost (in the figure quite) as broad as long.

In T.clxevreuxi , Dollfus, the first joint of the uropods is decidedly

the longest.

ISOPODA GENUINA.

Family : ANTHCTRIDJE.

1814. Anthuridce, Leach, Edinb. Encycl., vol. VII., p. 433.

1900. Anthuridce , Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5,

p. 618.

1901. Anthuridce , H. Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.

XXIII., pp. 505, 507.

1902. Anthuridce H. Richardson, Trans. Connect., Acad. Sci.,

vol. XI., p. 284.

Under the second reference will be found a tolerably sufficient

guide to the previous literature of the family.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

9

GYATHURA , Norman and Stebbing.

1886. Gyathura, Norman and Stebbing, Trans. Zool. Soe.

London, vol. XII., pt. 4, p. 121.

1900. Gyatinura , Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5,

pp. 619, 620.

1901. Gyathurci , H. Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.

XXIII., p. 508.

The relations of this genus to other genera in the same family

are discussed in “ Willey’s Zoological Results,” but the opinion

there expressed, that in “ the maxillipeds the epipod-bearing first

joint always seems to be indistinguishably coalesced with the

wall of the head,” must be modified at least so far as regards the

species now to be described. A genus Golanthura , in which the

fifth perseopods are wanting, as in Hyssura and Gruregens , was

established by Miss Richardson in 1902.

GYATHURA PUSILLA , n. sp.

PI. 6b.

This species agrees in so many points with Gyathura carinata

(Kroyer) that the description of that species by Kroyer, Harger,

and others, when compared with the figures here given and the

points of difference about to be mentioned, will cover all that is

essential to be said.

In the present species no eyes could be detected. The sixth

segment of the perseon, instead of being scarcely longer than the

seventh, is as a rule very decidedly longer, and the longest males

and the females laden with young do not exceed a length of

7*5 mm., whereas the length of Gyathura carinata reaches from

15 to 20 mm.

The distinct first joint of the maxillipeds might have been

added as a specific character, but although Kroyer, Schiodte,

Harger (in his text), and Norman and Stebbing all appear to be

agreed as to the disappearance of this joint from G . carinata,

Harger, in figuring the maxillipeds of that species (under the

name Antliura polita, Stimpson), quite distinctly represents the

missing joint. That so careful a writer as Harger should have

left the discrepancy between his text and figure unexplained is

difficult to understand, but the question remains open whether

the connection between this joint and the large second one may

not be open to individual variation. It is perhaps more probable

that the joint, when missing, is in coalescence with the second

joint than with the wall of the head.

C

8(3)04

10

SPOLIA ZEYLANJCA.

The young ones, when ready for escape from the maternal

pouch, are seen in the neatest possible longitudinal rows, each

individual as straight as an arrow. At this stage the head is

longer than the first segment of the perseon, instead of much

shorter as in the adult. The seventh segment of the perseon

is very short and totally devoid of limbs, which the other

segments have almost of the full-grown character.

The name of the species refers to its comparatively small size.

Family : Janiridce.

1897. Janiridce , Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. II., pt. 5, p. 98.

1900. Janiridce , H. Richardson, American Naturalist, vol.

XXXIV., p. 298.

1902. Janiridce , FL Richardson, Trans. Connect. Acad. Sci.,

vol. XI., p. 294.

I A IS , Bovallius.

1886. Iais, Bovallius, Bihang K. Svenska Vet.-Akad. Handl.,

vol. XI., No. 15.

1900. Iais , Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 548.

IAIS PUBESGENS , Dana.

1853. Jcera pubescens, Dana, U. S. Expl.Exp., vol. XI1L, p.744,

pi. 49, fig. 9.

1903. Iais pubescens, Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 549,

pi. 38.

As this minute species was rather fully discussed under the

second of the above references, it is scarcely necessary to add

anything here, except to note its occurrence in association with

yet another sphseromid. It was not actually observed upon

Sphceroma terebrans , but was associated in the same tube with

the specimens of that species.

Family: CiROLANID^.

1880. Girolanidce , Harger, Rep. U. S. Comm. Fisheries for

1878, pt. 6, pp. 304, 376.

1890. Girolanidce , Hansen, Vid. Selsk. Ski*., sei*. 6, vol. III.,

pp. 275, 310, 317, 318.

1900. Girolanidce , Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt. 5,

p. 628.

1902. Girolanidce , H. Richardson, Trans. Connecticut Acad.

Sci., vol. XI., p. 289.

1902. Girolanidce , Stebbing, South African Crustacea, pt. 2,

p. 49.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

II

1904. Cirolctnidce , II. Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.

XXVII., p. 35.

Other references for the family and information upon it may be

obtained from the above selection.

CIROLANA , Leach.

1818. Cirolana , Leach, Diet. Sci. Nat., vol. XII., p. 347.

1902. Cirolana , Dollfus, Bull. Soc. Zool., France, vol. XXV1I1 .,

p. 5.

Many other references for the genus will be found under those

for the family. In regard to the last but one of these it may be con¬

venient to mention that the species described by Ives in the

Proc. Ac. Philad., p. 187, 1891, is Cirolana mayana (not magara ),

and that Miss H. Richardson’s new genus is Colopisihus (not

Calopisthus ).

CIROLANA WILLEYI, n. sp.

PI. 3.

The broadly convex front of the head has a small triangular

rostrum between two slight depressions. The head’s dorsal surface

is smooth in the female, but in the male carries about five tubercles

distributed in two rows. The segments of the person have each

about eleven tubercles on the hind margin, those on the first three

segments scarcely or not at all perceptible until the segments

have been separated. The first, which is the largest, segment is

tuberculate on the medio-dorsal surface in the male, but not

in the female. Of the pleon the first segment is concealed and

smooth, the second to the fifth have fewer but more conspicuous

tubercles than the peraeon segments, the median tubercle of the

fifth segment forming a large tooth. The fifth segment is

laterally completely overlapped by the fourth, and that again by

the third. The telsonic segment is more or less triangular, in¬

cised near the base for the insertion of the peduncles of the

uropods, the apex blunt, fringed with setules and eight spines, the

dorsal surface carrying two little curved submedian ridges.

The eyes are dark, wide apart.

The first antennae have the first two joints coalesced, the third

rather longer than this combination, the flagellum of ten or twelve

joints being scarcely as long as the peduncle.

The second antennae fold back beyond th,e third peraeon segment,

with the many-jointed flagellum considerably longer than the

peduncle, and furnished densely with setae along the proximal

half in the male, but not in the female. Both the male and

female from which the figures are drawn happened to have the

12

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

antennae unsymmetrical, the first antennae of the female being

so to a conspicuous degree, the second of the male having several

more joints in the flagellum of one antenna than in that of the

other.

The frontal lamina surmounting the epistome is pentagonal.

The upper lip and mandibles do not sensibly differ from those of

Cirolana pleonastica .* The first maxillae have the usual three

plumose setae on the inner plate, the inner margin of which has a

small projection. As shown by the figures, in the male the fourth

joint of the maxillipeds is a little narrower than the fifth, whereas

in the female it is a little broader. The vibratory lamina of the

second joint in the female is of considerable size, of much greater

length than breadth.

The first gnathopods are short and stout, the fourth joint

fringed with six spines, which look as if worn down by use ; the

fifth joint is almost completely overlapped by the fourth ; the

sixth joint is characterized by a projection of the distal part of the

inner margin, which carries two spines and some setules.

The second gnathopods have four spines on the inner margin

of the third joint, eight or nine on that of the fourth, which also

has an oblique row of spines on the distal part of the inner surface.

The perseopods are furnished with strong spines on the distal

and inner margins of the third, fourth, and fifth joints, some but

not all of these spines having the multifid structure noted by

Schiodte and Meinert and by H. J. Hansen in some species of

Gorallana and Excorallana.

In the second pleopods of the male the masculine appendage

is apicallv acute, reaching scarcely beyond the rami.

The uropods have the inner branch apically broad, rounded,

serrate, with twelve spines in the serrations and numerous hairs, a

longer tuft occupying one serration which has no spine. The

much narrower outer branch has eight or nine spines on the outer

margin, four or five on the inner, and a spine-like apex. This also

is setose.

A specimen flattened out measured 8*75 mm. The colour in

spirit is dark brown upon light, forming generally a symmetrical

pattern, of which the darkest portion is in the dorsal centre of the

fourth to the sixth pera3on segments, to which follows a light

piece shaped like a spearhead and reaching with its point to the

base of the telsonic segment.

The species is named out of respect to the discoverer, Dr.

Arthur Willey. From Cirolana sculpta , Milne-Edwards, found on

the coast of Malabar, the present form is distinguished by having

* See Willey’s Zoological Results, part 5, pi. 67a.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON. 13

a large median tooth not on “ the last segment of the abdomen,”

the telsonic segment, but on the preceding division of the pleon,

as also by having all the segments of the peraeon, instead of only

the hinder ones, tuberculate. If we could suppose Milne-

Edwards to have been deceived in regard to these particulars?

there remains an important difference in the uropods, which

in C. sculpta have the two branches nearly equal and both

pointed, whereas in our species the inner is much the larger and

broadly rounded. The length also of the form from Malabar is

more than double of that from Ceylon.

Family : CORALLANIDAE.

In their essay “ De Cirolanis iEgassimulantibus,” 1879, Schiodte

and Meinert grouped together two new genera, Barybrotes and

Tachcea , with Dana’s Gorallctna. In 1890 H. J. Hansen assigned

Barybrotes to a family Barybrotidse, Taclicea along with two

new genera, Alcirona and Lanocira, to a family Alcironidse, and

placed Gorallana by itself in a family Coral! anidse. To the last

genus he referred seven new species from the West Indies, and to

these Miss Harriet Richardson in 1899 added an eighth species

from California and in 1901 a ninth from Florida. Hansen records

eleven species earlier than his own as with more or less probability

belonging to the genus or at least to the family. Among these

eleven stands Gorallana hirticauda , Dana, with which the

fortunes of both family and genus are bound up, since the genus

was originally founded for this species alone. Recently I have

had an opportunity of examining specimens of Gorallana hirsuta .

Schiodte and Meinert. As this is certainly in the most intimate

alliance with Dana’s species,; the conviction is forced upon me

that the nine species assigned to Gorallana by Hansen and

Richardson must be removed to a new genus Excorallana , to

which Hansen’s definition of Gorallana applies, and that the six

species of Gorallana described by Schiodte and Meinert will

properly remain in that genus, which, with Alcirona , Lanocira ,

and Tachcea , will form the family Corallanidse. To this Hansen’s

definition of the Alcironidse will apply, with the slight modifica¬

tion that the palp of the maxillipeds must be described not as

four-jointed, but as four- or five-jointed.

Genus : GORALLANA, Dana*

1853. Gorallana , Dana, U. S. Expl. Exp., vol. XIII., pp. 748,

773.

1879. Gorallana , Schiodte and Meinert, Naturhist. Tidsskr.,

ser. 3, vol. XII., p. *286.

14

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

CORALLANA NODOSA ,* Schiodte and Meinert.

1879. Corallana nodosa , Schiodte and Meinert, Naturhist. Tids-

skr., ser. 3, vol. XII., p. 294, pi. 5, figs. 8, 9.

1890. Corallana nodosa , Hansen, Yid. Selsk. Skr., ser. 6,

vol. III., p. 389.

PI. lB.

Among several examples of Cirolana willeyi there occurred a

single specimen undoubtedly belonging to the form figured and

described by Schiodte and Meinert as Corallana nodosa , mas

adultus. They describe and figure also the femina ovigera and

the virgo, but Hansen suspects that two or possibly three species

have been grouped together under one designation. A single

specimen does not lend itself to the discussion of that question.

So far as the male is concerned the superficial characters are very

unmistakable. The projecting lobe of the first joint of the upper

antennae attracts attention. The two little cephalic eminences

between and slightly in advance of the eyes are indeed not shown

in the figure which the collaborating authors supply, but they are

well described in their text as a pair of short high carinae with short

sharp apex. The nodules on the last three segments of the peraeon

are, as they represent them, a large and small one close together

on each side of the fifth and sixth segments, and on each side of

the seventh a solitary large nodule.

The eyes are large, distinctly facetted.

The first joint of the upper antennae, so remarkable by its upward

curved lobe, no doubt represents two joints in coalescence, the

following much shorter and narrower joint being the true third

joint of the peduncle. The flagellum in our specimen consisted

of thirteen unequal joints, none elongate. The much longer

second antennas had in one member of the pair a 17-jointed, in

the other a 22-join ted, flagellum.

The mandibles are elongate, differing greatly from those of

Excorallana , both in the apical part and in the palp, this having

not the first but the second joint longest, as in the other true

Corallanidae. They agree in general structure with the mandibles

of Tachcea crassipes , but the apical part, instead of being simple,

has subsidiary teeth as in Alcirona . The spine-row is represented

by a single spine.

The lower lip has each division apically bilobed, the lobes being

approximately equal and very slightly separated.

The first maxillae agree in much with those of Tachcea crassipes

but quite as well with those of Excorallana tricornis (Hansen).

* On plate 1b this species is named Tachcea nodosa by error.

(tREGARIO US CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

15

The second maxillae are of delicate structure, tapering to a

pointed apex*

The maxillipeds decisively remove this species from the Exco-

rallanidae, besides distinguishing it from Alcirona and Lanocira

in its own family. The first joint is very small, the second fully

as long as the remaining five joints combined. No one of these

is very large, but the antepenultimate is the largest, exceeding

the rest both in its breadth and length, which are subequah

The terminal joint is very small, but distinct. In Tcichcea

crassipes the original authorities for that species figure the

maxillipeds, but leave it obscure whether they are representing a

seventh joint or not. In Hansen’s more precise figure there is

no seventh joint, but a nodular cap to the sixth joint which may

very well be the small seventh joint in coalescence. If this be the

right interpretation, it will follow that the long second joint of the

maxillipeds is simple, not the result of two joints coalesced.

The dilatation of the sixth joint of the limbs appears to be

legitimately included among the generic characters of Tachcea ,

since the joint is not dilated either in Alcirona or Lanocira or in

the known species of the present genus.

In the second pleopods the masculine appendage reached just

to the extremity of the rami.

The telsonic segment is armed round the broad apex with

fourteen spines and many plumose setae.

The specimen, which was somewhat difficult to flatten for exact

measurement, equalled about 8*5 mm. in length, with a breadth

about half the length.

Its colour in spirit may be described as orange, lightly sprin¬

kled with darker tree-markings.

Family : Sph^EROMLUUE.

1847. Splicer omidce, White, List of Crustacea in Brit. Mus.,

p. 102.

1900. Sphceromidce, Stebbing, Willey’s Zoological Results, pt.

5, p. 643.

1902. Splicer omidce, Stebbing, South African Crustacea, pt. 2,

p. 64.

1904. Splicer omidce, H. Richardson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol.

XXVII., pp. 24, 38.

The last reference but one will give a key for finding others.

SPHJEROMA, Bose.

] 802. Sphceroma , Bose., Hist. Nat. des Crustaces, vol. II., p. 182.

1900. Sphceroma (sensu restricto). Stebbing, Proc. Zool. Soe.,

London, p. 552.

16

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The second of these references will supply a sufficient clue to

the extensive literature of this genus in the wider acceptation.

SPHzEROMA TEREBRANS , Bate.

PL L

1866. Sphceroma terebrans , Bate, Annals and Magazine Nat.

Hist., ser. 3, vol. XVII., p. 28, pi. 2, fig. 5.

1866. Sphceroma vastator , Bate, Annals and Magazine Nat.

Hist., ser. 3, vol. XVII., p. 28, pi. 2, fig, 4.

1897. Sphceroma destructor , H. Richardson, Proc. Biol. Soc.

Washington, vol. XI., p. 105, figs, in text.

Common sense continually justifies Bishop Butler’s axiom that

probability is the guide of life. But about the name and synonymy

of the present species conflicting probabilities range themselves

in a disturbing manner. There can be no doubt that an intimate

relationship exists between — (1) Sphceroma terebrans , named by

Fritz Muller, who procured it in Brazil from timber that had been

immersed in the sea ; (2) Sphceroma vastator, Bate ; (3) Sphceroma

destructor , Harriet Richardson ; and (4) the form about to be des¬

cribed.

Bate’s species was sent to him from Madras by Captain Mitchell,

according to whom it was procured “ from a piece of wood which

had formed part of a railway bridge over one of the backwaters

on the west coast of the Indian Peninsula. The wood was honey¬

combed with cylindrical holes, from about y1^ to T2¥ of an inch in

diameter, placed close together. In many of these holes the

animal was rolled up like a ball.”*

In Bate’s description we may notice the following statements: —

“ The animal is of a long oval shape, without any distinct coxae,

and furnished with four longitudinal parallel rows of tubercles or

blunt teeth on the three posterior somites of the pereion and the

anterior portion of the pleon,” “ The superior antennae have the

first joint of the peduncle broader than the second, which is very

short and round ; the third is twice as long as the second, but

much shorter than the first, and the flagellum gradually tapers to

an obtuse point, and is formed of several articuli, of which the

first is much the longest.” The second antennae are “perhaps

slightly longer.” “ The mandibles are robust, and furnished with

strong pointed incisor teeth as well as a powerful molar tubercle,

between which exists a process armed with six or seven strong

equal-lengthed serrated spines, which are probably used in the

tearing down of the wood into which the animal burrows. The

* Annals and Magazine, loc. cit., p. 30.

TOP OF COCOANUT PILE FROM NEGOMBO LAKE HONEYCOMBED BY

“SPH/EROMA TEREBRANS,”

\_To face p. 16

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON,

17

secondary appendage to this organ is short and three-jointed ; the

third joint is the shortest, and is nearly as broad as long ; it is

ciliated upon the flexile margin with hairs, which gradually

increase in length towards the apex of the appendage.” The

maxilliped “ consists of five joints, of which the basal is longest

and broadest, and carries the other four as an appendage.” “ The

two pairs of gnathopoda and the first pair of pereiopoda resemble

each other in form and size. They are slender and comparatively

feeble appendages, and furnished on the anterior margin with long

plumose hairs.” “ The coxa is fused with the dorsal portion of

the somite, and forms an overhanging plate-like process.” The

second and third joints are long and slender, the third and fourth

each furnished on the front margin with a thick row of plumose

hairs, standing at right angles with the joint ; the fourth joint is

short, anteriorly produced to a point ; the fifth and sixth joints are

short, slender, with short cilia on each margin ; the finger 44 short,

curved, unguiculated, and armed with a small subapical tooth or

secondary unguis.” “ The last four pairs of pereiopoda resemble

each other in general form ; they are very robust and. strong, and

are furnished on the anterior and posterior margins with rows of

stout bushy hairs, which appear to increase in number and

strength posteriorly, and some of which take a spinous character

in the last two pairs, as on the distal extremity of the propodos,

where they become spines with serrated margins.” The uropods

are marginal, consisting “ of a single branch on a strong and fixed

peduncle, which is produced to a point directed inwardly ; to the

under surface of this, near the middle, articulates the solitary

ramus ; this is slightly curved and produced to a pointed apex,

and is furnished with five or six sharp teeth on the outer margin ;

the inner margin is smooth, and so is the inferior, both of which

last are furnished with short fine cilia, in this offering perhaps the

readiest distinguishable feature from the South American species,

which has this appendage fringed with long and coarse hairs.”

The colour of the animal in spirit “ was a subdued sage green.”

The length is about J inch, and the breadth about half as much.

The specimens which Miss Harriet Richardson described in

1897 as Sphceroma destructor were “ found boring the piers on St.

John’s river atPalatka, Florida.” Their close resemblance in habits

and appearance to the species described and figured by Bate is

admitted, but differences are adduced under the four following

heads : (1) “ the number and arrangement of the tubercles ;” (2)

44 the structure of the f eet ;” (3) “ the upcurved margin of the posterior

half of the terminal segment of the abdomen ;” (4) 44 the presence

of numerous tubercles furnished with bristle-like hairs upon the

D 8(3)04

18

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

abdomen.” The third and fourth particulars, however, are only

claimed as differences, because they are not mentioned in the

description of Sphceroma vastator. But no inference can be drawn

from the absence of mention to the absence of a character.

Writers leave many points unmentioned from carelessness, for fear

of being prolix, or through failing to observe them. The features

here in question are not of the highest importance and in some

specimens cannot easily be discerned. In the dorsal view of

Sphceroma destructor itself they are not indicated.

Our knowledge of Sphceroma terebrans is derived from the

figures which Bate gives of the uropod and the mandibular palp,

and two comparative statements which those figures are designed

to illustrate. He does not allege that the outer ramus of the

uropod differs by its shape in the two species, but appeals to the

u short fine cilia” in S. vastator as offering a ready contrast to

the “ long and coarse hairs” in S. terebrans . The small import¬

ance of such a distinction may be judged from the circumstance

that Miss Richardson mentions neither the occurrence nor the

absence of either cilia or hairs in this part of S . destructor .

The remaining contrast is of a higher grade. To justify a

discriminating name for the isopods from Madras, Bate says : “ A

close examination is required to distinguish a specific character

separating these from the Brazilian specimens ; and I think that

the only one to be relied upon is that the pointed and hook¬

shaped termination of the appendage of the mandible in Muller’s

specimens is represented in those from Madras by a flat broad

joint. I therefore think that, minor variations being taken into

consideration, together with the distance of the two habitats, we

do not err in considering the following a distinct species from

that found by Fritz Mtiller.” For S. vastator he figures a normal

mandibular palp, fairly in agreement with what is found in the

specimens from Ceylon and with the figure which Miss Richardson

gives of this appendage in S. destructor. But for S. terebrans the

figure exhibits a four-jointed palp, which can only be accepted by

one who is willing to cry credo , quia impossibile . There cannot

be the slightest doubt that the artist has been the victim of some

ocular deception, “ the pointed and hook-shaped termination”

not being a joint at all, but merely the terminal spine or spines of

the third joint, the true shape of which has been obscured by the

angle at which it was viewed.

Passing now to the specimens from Ceylon, I find them in so

close an agreement with the description and figures given by

Miss Richardson for S. destructor , that they might certainly fall

to that designation but for the high probability that S. destructor

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

19

is identical with S. terebrans . It would be singular to have the

same wood-boring isopod in Florida and Ceylon, and an almost

identical but distinct species in Brazil and Madras.

The sharp transverse ridge on the fourth segment of the perason

is worthy of notice. There are generally four pairs of sub¬

median dorsal tubercles, successively on the sixth and seventh

segments of the perseon, on the proximal sutured combination

segment of the pleon and on the telsonic segment, the pair on the

seventh pleon segment and the telsonic segment being flanked by

another tubercle or tuft of setae on either side. But there seems

to be some variation, and a definite determination of the tubercles

is made difficult by the colouring which is often dark and by the

clogging of the pubescence with extraneous material. The side

plates of the second and following peraeon segments are distinct.

The eyes are dark and wide apart.

The first antennas have a stout first joint which may represent

the true first and second coalesced. The following joint is short,

scarcely longer than broad. The next is sometimes regarded as

the third of the peduncle, but may be the first of the flagellum.

It is as long as the basal joint, and is followed by eight small

unequal joints. The second antennae have the last three joints of

the peduncle subequal, the flagellum rather longer than the

peduncle, tapering, of twelve to thirteen joints, many of them

tufted.

The strongly projecting mandibles are well described by Bate,

though it is not easy to agree with his supposition that the feeble

little tuft of serrated spines is employed “ in the tearing down of

the wood into which the animal burrows.” As Miss Richardson

intimates, the projecting incisor tooth provides a suitable equip¬

ment for this destructive work. The first joint of the small palp

is the longest.

The first maxilla have the inner plate tipped with three strong

plumose setae and one that is feeble ; on the outer plate there are

nine spines, all or most of them denticulate. Of the second

maxillae the three plates are fringed along two-tliirds of the inner

margin, the armature of the innermost plate being very distinctly

plumose.

The maxillipeds, which Bate speaks of as five-jointed, really

have the full complement of seven joints, though the first and

third are not very conspicuous. It should be noticed that these

organs are built like those of Splicer oma serratumy but differ much

from those in the genus Exosphceroma .

Mr. Bate and Miss Richardson agree in describing the first three

pairs of trunk legs (the first and second gnathopods and first

20

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

peracopods) as being alike. Bate speaks of the fifth and sixth

joints in these limbs as 44 short, slender ; ” Miss Richardson

regards the same joints as 44 long and slender.” But, to judge by

the figure which the latter naturalist gives as “ leg of first pair ”

(that is, the first gnathopod), the joints in question are long or

short indifferently according to the standard of comparison, short

compared with the second and third joints of the first three pairs

of limbs, long compared with the homologous joints in the two

following pairs. It is not, however, the case that the first three

pairs of limbs are all alike. At least in the Ceylon specimens the

first pair have the fifth joint extremely short, with the hind

margin longer than the front, so that it under-rides the sixth joint.

This differentiation of the first gnathopods is so habitual in the

Sphseromidse that its absence from the specimens collected in

Brazil, Madras, and Florida is quite improbable. On the other

hand, the general resemblance in the three pairs of slender limbs,

with their striking armature of long setae close-set in double rows,

is very great, so that when detached from the body they may

easily be confused.

The second and third peraeopods are somewhat similar in

pattern one to the other, but the second joint is longer and more

slender in the third pair than in the second, and the third joint

is larger in the second pair than in the third.

The fifth peraeopods again resemble the fourth in pattern, but

have all the joints except the finger more elongate. These pairs by

their broad but laminar joints are strongly distinguished from the

two preceding pairs, which are short and stout. They have a

fringe of serrated spines on the apex of the fifth joint, which Bate

transfers to the sixth joint, though his figure pretty clearly shows

that he meant the fifth. He also says that the last four pairs of

limbs 44 resemble each other in general form,” which is quite con¬

trary to the fact in the Ceylon specimens, and, to judge by his

figures, also in those from Madras.

The pleopods are satisfactorily described by Bate. To the

uropods he allots a single branch, but it is quite clear that what

he speaks of as the produced part of the peduncle is the inner

branch in coalescence. The articulated outer branch has, he says,

five or six teeth on the outer margin. This agrees with the Ceylon

specimen figured herewith, the teeth being in fact spines, six in

number if the apical one be included. Miss Richardson mentions

four teeth on the outer edge, but as this number is also found in

the Ceylon specimens, the precise number is immaterial.

The colour, which Bate gives as sage green, and Miss Richardson

as 44 a dark brown, shaded on the edges with a lighter brown,” is in

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

21

the Ceylon specimens in various tints of mottled brown or gray,

the margins light. The light margins have sometimes points of

orange, producing a deceptive appearance of tubercles.

The length of the large specimens is from 7*5 to 8 mm., with a

breadth half the length. The proportion of the pleon to the rest of

the body is not nearly so great as depicted in Bate’s dorsal view

of the animal.

Since Bate supplies no trustworthy distinction between S. tere¬

brans and&. vastator , and since both in the “Annals and Magazine”

and subsequently in the “ Zoological Record ” he gives what is

called page precedence to S. terebrans , that appears to be the name

deserving adoption. It was chosen indeed by Fritz Muller,

but as the description was given by Spence Bate, he must be recog¬

nized as the authority, and in this instance it will be seen from the

foregoing discussion that the personal equation counts for much.

Sphceroma verrucauda , White, from the accounts of Dana

and Miers, appears to have some affinity with this species, but

though found in rotten wood, the cavities were bored by Teredo.

It has also been found in sandstone, the hollows of which it is

not likely to have produced. Sphceroma felix , Lanchester, des¬

cribed from the “ Skeat ” expedition to the Malay Peninsula (Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1902, p. 379), shows also a rather near agree¬

ment, but there the outer ramus of the uropod has eight small

teeth on the outer margin.

AMPHIPODA.

GAMMARIDEA.

Family : GAMMARIML

ME LIT A, Leach.

1813. Melita , Leach, Edinb. Encycl., vol. YII., p. 403.

L853. Melita , Dana, U.S. Expl. Exp., vol. XIII., pp. 911, 962.

1862. Melita , Bate, Catal. Brit. Mus. Amph., p. 181.

1888. Melita , Stebbing, Challenger Amphipoda, Reports, vol.

XXIX., pp. 263, 1710.

1893. Melita , Della Valle, Gammarini, Fauna und Flora des

Golfes von Neapel., mon. 20, p. 707.

1894. Melita , Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. I., pt. 23, p. 507.

1900. Melita , Chevreux, Amphipodes de V Hirondelle, p. 78.

The genus was originally founded upon Melita palmata , Mon¬

tagu. Dana rashly made it part of the generic character that the

upper antennae were without an accessory appendage, though

confessing that he was still in doubt whether in Montagu’s species

they had one or not. With equal rashness Bate transferred

22

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Dana’s Melita tenuicornis , in which the third uropods were

supposed to have only one branch, to Mcera, in which the two

branches are undoubtedly both well developed. Miers in 1875

founded a genus Paramcera for a species supposed to have unira-

mous uropods, but in which he subsequently found that they

were biramous. This species he transferred to Atylus , while

retaining the genus for Melita tenuicornis. In 1878, however,

G. M. Thomson stated that this New Zealand species, of which he

claimed to have examined perfect specimens, “ must be replaced

in the genus proposed by its original describer, Dana, viz., MelitaP

The conclusion rests on the supposition that Dana overlooked

the secondary appendage of the antennae and the small inner

ramus of the uropods. It is by no means an improbable conclu¬

sion, although Dana’s specimens from the Bay of Islands were

“found along the shores between high and low water level,”

whereas Thomson’s “ were taken in the Taieri river in fresh water,

but they had probably come up with the tide, which is felt 15

miles from the mouth.” (Trans. New Zealand Inst., vol. XI.,

p. 241). The case is somewhat complicated by the circumstance that

Dana describes as female ? the form which has second gnathopods

characteristic of a male and figures for the male gnathopods of

a shape to be expected in the female. In the latter form the third

uropods were broken off. Professor Della Yalle in 1893 enters

Melita tenuicornis as one of the synonyms of M. palmata , but

without discussing the absence of a feature conspicuous in the

latter species, namely, the medio-dorsal tooth on the fourth pleon

segment. Dana had previously established two species in the

Proc. Amer. Acad. Sci., vol. II., pp. 214, 215, on the earlier page

naming Amphitoe {Melita) incequistylis for the supposed female,

but, as I think, true male, and on the later page Amphitoe {Melita)

tenuicornis for the other sex. If the two sexes belong together,

the rule of page precedence will make the name Melita incequi¬

stylis .

MELITA ZEYLANICA , n. sp.

PI. 5.

Body compressed, segments smooth, except that the short fifth

segment of the pleon is a little medio-dorsally notched and

carries some small inconspicuous spinules. In the female the

side plates of the sixth perason segment are hooked as in Melita

palmata , but less strongly.

The eyes are round, dark, rather small.

The first antennas have the long second joint a little longer

than the first and fully twice the length of the third, the flagellum

of about twenty joints in the male and fourteen in the female, the

C4REGA.RI0US CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON. 23

latter in the specimen examined with accessory flagellum of three

joints, the former having this appendage four-jointed. It is only

to the female that Dana’s name tenuicornis would be applicable.

Second antennae with gland-cone strongly produced, acute,

fourth and fifth joints subequal, or sometimes the fifth the shorter>

elongate in the male, the flagellum about eight-jointed, the first

joint (especially in the male) much the longest, the end joints in

that sex almost abruptly narrower.

Upper lip with distal margin evenly rounded.

Mandibles with slight quinquedentate cutting edge, secondary

plate with four teeth on the left mandible, laminar and scarcely

dentate on the right, spine row on left with four, on right with

three spines, molar powerful with small lateral plate ; palp with

third joint as long as second, neither densely fringed.

First maxillae with five setae on broad apex of inner plate, palp

with short first joint, the second long, carrying spine teeth and

setules at the apex and overtopping the inner plate. In Dana’s

figures of these maxillae for both sexes of M. incequistylis the first

joint of the palp is two-thirds the length of the second.

Second maxillae. Inner plate having a dozen setae on inner

margin. Dana’s figures show only three.

Maxillipeds narrow, both inner and outer plates carrying

numerous spines, the outer plates much overtopped by the long

second joint of the palp, its third joint distally widened and

apically fringed, the fourth finger-like, the whole agreeing well

with Dana’s figure.

The first gnathopods of the male have the hind margin of the

fourth joint densely furred, the fifth joint considerably longer

than the sixth, beset on both margins and inner surface with

numerous groups of spine-like setae, the sixth joint similarly but

less densely setose, oblong, with the finger attached at the middle

of the apex as in Dana’s figure of the male , its thin distal

part resting on a slightly convex setulose palm margin. In the

female there is less difference in length between fifth and sixth

joints, and the finger is normally attached at the front of the apex,

not at the middle as in Dana’s female .

The second gnathopods in the male are very large, the fifth

joint cup-like, with seven groups of setae about the hind margin,

the sixth joint massive, oblong, not distally widened as in Melita

palmata , with the outer surface smooth, but inner surface and

hind margin densely setiferous, the strong finger half the length

of the sixth joint over the distally rounded hind margin of which

it closes, past a smooth tract of the inner surface to a strong

recumbent ridge near the middle of that surface. In the female

24

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

there is no such ridge, the hand is comparatively insignificant, not

greatly longer than its breadth, with a very oblique palm, the end

of which is not reached by the finger, the tip of that joint closing

against a palmar spine a little within the margin on the inner

surface of the sixth joint.

The endeavour to reconcile the Ceylon specimens with Dana’s

species broke down under the comparison of the gnathopods with

his figures and descriptions. It was possible to suppose that

Dana had inadvertently transposed the sexes. But in speaking of

his supposed female specimen he says, 44 Hand of second pair of

moderate size, long obovate, apex sparingly oblique, finger short,

shutting against lateral surface of hand,” and subsequently he

says 44 the hand is naked.” Of the supposed male he says, 44 Hand

of second pair oblong, sub-elliptical, back much flattened, densely

hirsute below, palm not excavate, finger rather large,” and

subsequently, 44 Hand of second pair about twice longer than

broad.” According to his figures also the hand of the second

gnathopod in the supposed female is quite small compared with

that of the supposed male. But in the Ceylon form, just as in

Melita palmata , it is the male that has the finger of the second

gnathopod shutting against the surface of the hand, and it is these

male gnathopods that are enormously larger than those of the

female and much more hirsute.

The first and second peraeopods are slender in both sexes, and

in the female the three following pairs are not stout, but in the

male they are decidedly robust, the fourth joint especially being

much broader than the two following, all three being spinose.

This robustness is not indicated in Dana’s figure of either sex.

The finger is short, robust, with fine upward curved apex. The

sixth joint of the fifth peraeopod is usually longer than that in

the limb which happened to sit for its portrait.

The inner branch of the third uropods is a little oval plate,

flattened on one side, and carrying a spine at one corner.

The small telson consists of two quite separated plates, which

taper each to a blunt apex, the sides carrying four spines or

spinules.

The length of the male, not counting the antennae, is 7*5 mm.

The colour in spirit is a light greenish brown, with a darker

transverse stripe along the hind margin of each segment.

The specific name refers to the place of capture. Though the

suspicion may linger that Dana had before him this very species,

or one closely allied to it, his name could only be applied on the

supposition that under stress of circumstances he misrepresented

by pen or pencil almost every one of its salient features.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

25

Family : COROPHIID^E.

GOROPHIUM , Latreille.

1806. Gorophium, Latreille, Genera Crustaceorum, vol. I., p. 58.

1888. Gorophium , Stebbing, Challenger Amphipoda, Reports,

vol. XXIX., pp. 79, 1670.

1893. Gorophium , Della Valle, Gammarini, p. 362.

1894. Gorophium, Sars, Crustacea of Norway, vol. I., pt. 27,

p. 612.

1900. Gorophium, Chevreux, Amphipodes de 1’Hirondelle,

p. 109.

The species now known of this genus are rather numerous, all

possessing in common marked features of general resemblance,

yet separable into two groups by the circumstance that in some

the fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the pleon are distinct, and

in others consolidated into a single piece.

GOROPHIUM TRIJEN ONYX, n. sp.

Pi. 6a.

The rostral point is little produced. The side plates of the

first perseon segment are apically fringed with six plumose setae.

The pleon is fully segmented, and has the lateral margins of the

first two segments fringed with plumose setae.

The eyes are small and dark.

The first antennae have the flagellum shorter than the peduncle,

about twelve-jointed in the male and nine-jointed in the female.

In the latter the third joint of the peduncle is half as long as the

second, and the second half the first, but in the male the third

is less than half the second, and the second more than half the

third.

The second antennae are robust, in the male strongly setose, with

the penultimate joint of the peduncle produced into a large curved

tooth, with a small one beside it at the base on the inner side ; in

the female this joint is as usual much shorter, furnished with

numerous spines, but without teeth.

In the mouth organs it may be noticed that the narrow inner

plates of the maxillipeds are fringed with spines, fifteen in

number, along the whole inner margin.

The first gnathopods are of the usual pattern, with the third

and fifth joints densely setose, the fifth tapering distally, the

shorter oblong sixth fully as wide at the rounded spinulose palm

as at the base, its front margin fringed with slender spines : the

finger smooth, small, curved, acute.

E

8(3)04

26

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The second gnathopods have the fourth joint fringed with the

customary double row of extremely long setae, the boundary line

between it and the fifth joint clearly marked, the sixth joint

narrowly oblong with a slight curve, a slightly oblique series of

long setae fringing it near the base ; the short robust finger is

tridentate, the teeth not recumbent as in Corophium acherusicum ,

Oosta, but upturned, the third being the largest and forming the

unguis.

The peraeopods show no characters distinguishing them from

those of Corophium volutator, Pallas, as figured by Sars, except

that in the first and second pairs the fifth joint is not longer than

broad.

The pleopods have two coupling spines at the inner angle of

the broad peduncle. The third uropods have the small oval setose

ramus subequal in length to the somewhat stouter peduncle.

The telson, which is broader than long, apically rounded, has a

tubercular widening at each corner of the base.

The colour in spirit is a light mottled brownish gray, the eyes

occupying the extremities of a narrow black band on the front of

the head, the limbs of trunk and pleopods colourless.

Some of the specimens at full stretch, a position they do not

easily assume, measured, antennae included, about 5 mm.

The specific name alludes to the trident-like finger of the

second gnathopods.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

A.

Plate

T.R.R. S telling del.

■ A.BARUNA . SOCIAL1S, ru.sp.

West (Newman lith.

B. TACILEA NODOSA, (sM&Mdiu)

T.R.R. Ste bbiTi^, del.

TANAI S PHILS TJERUS, n, sp.

West, Newman lith.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Plate

pip. 2.

T.RR Stebding del .

C1ROZANA WILLEYI., iv.sp.

wrp.

uujp.

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

27

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

Plate 1a.

Baruna socialis, n. sp.

n.s. — Natural size of carapace in specimen figured at the top

of the plate, indicated by lines showing the greatest length and

breadth.

prp. 1. — Chaliped or first peraeopod in position.

prp . 2.— -Second trunk leg or peraeopod of the same specimen.

The following figures are drawn from a smaller specimen, also a

male.

mx . 2. — Second maxilla.

mxp . 1, 2, 3. — First, second, and third maxillipeds.

PI. — The pleon.

Plate 1b.

Corallana* nodosa , Schiodte and Meinert.

n.s . — Lines indicating the natural size of the specimen examined.

G. — Cephalon, with first segment of peraeon, viewed a little

sideways to show the prominences ; first and second antenna on

the left side removed.

a.s ., a.i. — First and second antennae.

Li. — Lower lip.

m.m. — The mandibles.

mx. 1, mx. 2. — The first and second maxillae.

mxp. — The maxillipeds.

gn. 1, 2.-— The first and second gnathopods.

Plate 2.

Tanais philetcerus , n. sp.

n.s. — Line showing length of specimen figured above in lateral

and in dorsal view.

a.s., a.i. — The first and second antennae.

m. — Mandible.

l.i. — Lower lip.

mx. 1, mx. 2. — First and second maxillae.

mxp. — Maxillipeds. One from the outer, one from the inner side

gn. 1, gn. 2. — First and second gnathopods.

prp. 1, 3, 5. — First, third, and fifth peraeopods.

pip. 2. — Second pleopod.

T. urp. — End of pleon with the uropods.

* See footnote on page 14.

28

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Plate S.

Girolana willeyi , n, sp.

n.s.~= Lines indicating natural size of male specimen figured

above.

T. urp . — Pleon much more highly magnified.

&.S., a. L— -First and second antennae.

m. m.— -Mandibles in position as seen from below, with upper

lip, epistome, and frontal lamina.

mxp. — Maxillipeds.

gn . 1, gn. 2.— First and second gnathopods, with part of first

gnathopod more highly magnified.

prp. 5. — Fifth peraeopod with some of the spines highly magni¬

fied.

pip. 2.— Second pleopods. These and the preceding details all

drawn from the male.

G. ? — Cephalon, with first antennae of female.

mxp. 9 — Maxillipeds of female.

Plate 4.

Sphceroma terebrans , Bate.

n. s.—~ Lines indicating natural size of specimen, figured in dorsal

view above, and in lateral view below.

PI. — Pleon much more highly magnified.

a.s ., a.i. — First and second antennae.

m. — Mandible.

l. i. — Lower lip.

mx. 1. — First maxilla.

mxp. — Maxillipeds from inner surface, and one from outer

surface.

gn. 1. — First gnathopod.

prp. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. — The five peraeopods.

Plate 5.

Melita zeylanica , n. sp.

n. s. — Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured

above.

a.s., a.i. — First and second antennae, flagellum of first incomplete.

m. m. — Mandibles.

l.s., l.i. — Upper and lower lip.

mx. 1, mx. 2. — First and second maxillae.

mxp. — Maxillipeds.

gn. 1, gn. 2. — First and second gnathopods, with parts of first

more highly magnified.

SP.OLIA ZEYLAN1CA.

Plate

rruoc.

T. R.R. SteVbmg . del.

SPHiEROMA T E RE B RAP'S, Bat*.

West, Newman, lith..

J

SP 0 LI A ZEYL ATSTI C A .

TTU3C-

"West, Newman Mi.

T.R.R. SteVbmg del.

MELITA ZEYLANICA, rv.sp.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA

T.R.R.Ste’b'bmg del.

A. COROPHIUM TRIAXNONYX, Tb.sp. B. CYATHURA PUSILLA^.sjd.

"WestjNewmau lith..

GREGARIOUS CRUSTACEA FROM CEYLON.

29

prp. 2, 4, 5. — Second, fourth, and fifth perseopods.

urp. 1, 2, 3. — First, second, and third uropods.

T.— Telson, this and the preceding details being from a male

specimen.

gn . 1 9, gn. 2 9 — First and second gnathopods of the female.

prp. 4. ? —Fourth peraeopod of female, with the side plate

more highly magnified.

Plate 6a.

Gorophium. tricenonyx, n. sp.

n.s . — Line indicating natural size of male specimen figured

above.

urp. 1, 2, 3.— Pleon much more highly magnified.

a.s ., ad. — First and second antennae.

gn. 1, gn. 2.— First and second gnathopods. These and the

preceding details are from the male.

Per. s,l 9 — Side plate of first peraeon segment in the female.

ad. 9 — Second antennae of the female.

mxp.y — Maxillipeds of the female.

urp. 1, 2. — Part of pleon of female, showing first and second

uropods.

Plate 6b.

Gyathura pusilla, n. sp.

n.s., n.s., juv. — Lines indicating natural size, respectively, of adult-

female figured above and of young one at the side, fourth and

fifth peraeon segments of young incomplete for want of space.

n.s.$ gives the natural size of the male specimen from which the

following details are drawn.

PI. <5 — Pleon.

mxp. 6 — Maxillipeds.

gn. 1 <$ , gn. 2 <s — First and second gnathopods.

prp. 5 $ — Fifth peraeopod.

30

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

THE CICINDELID/E OF CEYLON.

By Dr. Walther Horn, M.D.

( Berlin).

With one Plate.

MONG the collection of Cicindelidae or Tiger-beetles recently

sent to me from the Colombo Museum for revision I was

quite astonished to find a good many species not yet known from

the Island of Ceylon, and also one new species and a new sub¬

species. I had already prepared descriptions of another new

species and two new sub-species in my own collection, and now

think it best to give a complete list and synopsis of all Ceylon

species belonging to this family. Notwithstanding the fact that

the Cicindelid fauna of Ceylon must pass as being relatively very

well known, almost as thoroughly, for instance, as the corres¬

ponding faunas of Java and Sumatra, yet it is probable that more

species still remain to be recorded from Ceylon.

In future a particular interest should be taken in the small

group represented by the species Gicindela willeyi , waterhousei ,

qanglbaueri , and dormeri , the males of which especially have been

as yet but little studied.

A. — ClCINDELIDiE ALOCOSTERNALI^E, W. Horn.

Entom. Nachr., 1900. p. 214.

Colly RiDiE, Chaud.

Bull. Mosc., 1860, pp. 270 and 283.

I . — Colly ris, Fabr.

Syst. El. I., 1801, p. 226.

Sub-gen, a. Archicollyris , W. Horn.

Rev. Cic. Deutsche Ent. Zeitsc’hr., 1901, p. 43.

1. A. dohrni, Chaud.

Bull. Mosc., 1860, p. 286 ; Monogr. Ann. Soc. Fr. 64, p. 490.

Locality: Eastern Province.

CICINDELIM5 OF CEYLON.

31

Sub-gen. b. Neocollyris , W. Horn, Z . c ., p„ 45.

2. JV. crassicornis , Dejean [Spec. I., 1825, p. 166.]

Chaud. Monogr., p. 494, pi. VII,, f. 2.

longicollis , Dej. Cat., p. 1.

diardi , McL. Ann. Jay. I., 1825, p. 10.

macleayi , Brl. Rev. Silb. II., 1834, p. 101.

pleuritica , Schm. Goeb. Faun. Birm., 1846, p. 13.

clavicornis , Mannh., i. Z., Motsch. Etud. Enfc., 1856, p. 22.

Locality: Ceylon.*

3. TV”. saundersi , Chaud. Monogr., p. 496.

mores , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1899, p. 392.

Locality: Bandarawela ; June.

[Sub-sp. Icetior (mihi), nov. var., Morawak Korale.]

4. AT, punctatella , Chaud. Monogr., p. 525.

nietneri , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1895, p. 357.

Balangoda ; March.

5. N. plicaticollis , Chaud. Monogr., p. 534.

Ceylon.

6. iV. ceylonica , Chaud., Z. c., p. 529.

Bogawantalawa ; April.

II.— 7 1 ricondyla , Latr. Dej.

Hist. Nat. Icon. Col. Eur. I., 1822, p. 65.

Sub-gen. a. Derocrania , Chaud. Bull. Mosc., 1860,

pp. 284 and 297.

7. i). nietneri , Motsch. Et. Ent. VIII., 1859, p. 25 ; 1862, p. 23.

levigata , Chaud. Bull. Mosc., 1860, p. 299.

raptidioides , Schm. Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1861, p. 75.

obscuripes , Bat. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1886, p. 70.

Balangoda, Bogawantalawa, Nuwara Eliya, Nalanda ; April,

May.

8. D.fusiformis , n. sp.

Ceylon.

9. D. gibbiceps , Chaud. Bull. Mosc., 1860, p. 298.

Nalanda ; April-June.

10. D. flavicornis, W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 92.

Ceylon.

11. D. nematodes , Schm. Journ. Ent., 1863, p. 61, pi. 4, f. 1.

Bogawantalawa.

* In some cases the record of the exact locality in the Island has not been kept.

32

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

12. D. concinna , Chaud. Bull. Mosc., 1860, p. 298.

Kandy, Nalanda, Puttalam ; April-June, October.

13. D. schaumi , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 67.

Kekirawa.

14. D . scitiscabra , Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 51.

dohrniy Chaud. Bull. Mosc., 1860, IV., p. 297.

Sigiriya, Nalanda ; April.

15. Z>. halyi, W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1900, p. 193 ?

1899, p. 132.

Anuradhapura, Pankulam, Kanthalai,Trincomalee, Puttalam:

May, June.

Sub-gen. b. Tricondyla* (sens, strict.).

16. T . coriacea, Chevr. Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 221.

Kekirawa, Kanthalai, Palatupana, Trincomalee ; May.

17. T . nigripalpis , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1894,

p. 224.

Kongawella ; May.

18. T. . granulifera , Motsch. Et. Ent., 1857, p. 110, f. 3.

femorata , Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1858, p. 202.

[Sub-sp. rugosa , Chaud. Ann. Fr., 1863, p. 447.]

Haragam, Nalanda ; April.

B. — ClCINDELIDiE PLATYSTERNALIiE, W. Horn.

Entom. Nachr., 1900, p. 214.

ClClNDELlDiE (sens, strict.), Lac.

Mem. Liege, 1842, I., p. 89.

Sub-fam. i. Euryodini, W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1899,

p. 37.

III. — Euryoda , Lac., I . c., p. 107.

19. E.paradoxa, W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 75 ;

1893, p. 330.

Puttalam, Matale, Negombo, Colombo, Weligama ; April-

June.

Sub-fam. ii. Cicindelini, W, Horn, l . c., 1899, p. 37,

IV. — Gidndela , L. Syst. Nat., II., 1735, p. 657.

20. O. corticata , Putr. Soc. Ent. Belg. (C.R.), 1875, p. 69.

[Sub-sp. Iceticolor (mihi), nov. var.]

Ceylon. _

• * T. tumidula, Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1859, p. 50, is described by this author as a

Ceylon species, but I doubt the locality. The beetle may have been something

like T. mellyi, Chaud.

CICINDELID^E OF CEYLON.

33

21. G. biramosa , Fabr. Sp. Ins., 1781, p. 286.

[gen. G y lindr o stoma. Motsch. Ft. Ent., 1859.]

tridentata , Thnnb. Nov. Ins. Sp., 1784, p. 26, f. 40.

aberr. dilatata, Fit. Ann. Fr., 1893, p. 488.

Mount Lavinia, Trincomalee, Colombo, Weligama, Delft ;

May-Ocfcober.

22. G . quadrilineata , Fabr., sub-sp. renei , W. Horn, An, Mus.

Genova, S. II., vol. XVII., 1897, p. 274 ; Maindron, An.

Soc. Fr., 1899, p. 381 ( renati nom. prop.).

[Gen. Hypcetha , Lee, Tr. Am. Phil. Soc,, 1856, p. 28.]

Colombo : October.

23. G. waterhousei , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1900.

p. 206.

Ceylon.

24. G. willey i, n. sp.

Central Province.

25. G . dormeri , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1898, p. 198.

Kandy.

26. C. gcinglbaueri, W. Horn, l.c., 1892, p. 95.

Ceylon.

27. G. discrepans, Walk. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1858, p. 202.

Bat. Ann. Nat. Hist., 1886, p. 69.

Colombo, Nalanda.

[Sub-sp. lacrymans , Schaum Journ. Ent,., 1863, p. 57.]

South Ceylon, Kandy ; July, August.

28. G. sexpunctata , Fabr. Syst. Ent., 1775, p. 226.

[Gen. Gctlochroma , IVIotsch. Et. Ent., XI., 1862, p. 22.]

tripunctata , Buq., i.l v Dej. Cat., III., 1837, p. 2.

sexsignata , Buq., Chaud. Cat., 1865, p. 38.

29. G . aurovittata , Bril. Arch. Mus., 1., 1838, p. 127, pi. 8, f. 3.

sexpunctata , var. Schaum, Journ. Ent., 1863, p. 62.

Ceylon ; October.

30. C. hcmiorrhoidalis , Wdm. Zool. Mag., II., 1823, p. 3.

quadrimaculata , Sturm, id., Cat., 1826, p. 55, pi. 1, f. 1.

fluvopunctata , And. Mag. Zool., 1832, pi. 18.

Anuradhapura ; May.

31. (7. ceylonensis , W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892,

p. 87 ; 1899, pi. 3, f. 3.

[Sub-sp. divers a (mi hi), nov. var.]

Trincomalee.

F

8(3)04

4

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA,

32. G. calligr comma, Schaum, Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1861, p. 69,

pi. 13, f. 1.

33. G. catena , Fabr. Syst. Ent., 1775, p 226.

capensis , Herbst., Fuessly Arch. Ins., 1784, p. 1 1 5, pi. 27,

f. 14.

aberr. cancellcita , W. Horn (non Dej.), Ann. Soc. Belg.,

1892, p. 537 ; Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., ’897, p. 59.

Colombo, Matale, Kandy.

34. C . sumatrensis , Herbst., Kaef., X., 1800, p. 179, pi. 172, f. 1.

catena var. 3 a, Thunb. Nov. Inst. Sp., 1784, p, 287, pi. 18,

f. 43.

westerhccuseri , Girtl. Syst. Ins., p. 61.

arenata, Kolt. Ann. Wien. Mus. I., 1836, p. 330.

boyeri, Blanch. Voy. Pole Sud. Ent., IV., 1853, p. 4, pi. 1,

f. 2.

leguillom , Guer. Rev. Zool., 1841, p. 121.

Colombo.

35. G . cardoni , Fit. Soc, Ent, Belg. (C.R.), 1890, p. 169.

Ceylon.

36. G . limosa , Saund. Tr. Ent. Soc., 1834, p. 64, pi. 7, £. 6.

Puttalam ; October. Iranativu ; September.

37. G . undulata , Dej. Spec., I., 1825, p. 94,

Puttalam ; October.

38. G . disting uenda, Dej. Spec., I., 1825, p. 92.

dohrni , Motsch. Et. Ent., V., 1857, p. 109.

Puttalam ; October.

39. G. fastidiosa, Dej., l.c., p. 95.

litigiosa , Dej., l.c ., p. 97.

despecta , Fit. ex parte Soc. Ent. Belg.. (C.R.), 1886, p. 88.

Puttalam ; October.

40. G. labiocenea, W. Horn, Deutsch. Ent. Zeitschr., 1892, p. 79.

Puttalam, Negombo, Kandy, Colombo, Yatiyantota, Pera-

deniya, Nalanda, Weligama, Hatton ; March-Jnne.

41. G. nietneri , W. Horn, l.c., 1894, p. 220.

Ceylon.

42. G . lacunosa, Putz. Soc. Ent. Belg. fO.R,), 1875, p. 68.

Puttalam ; October.

CICIN DELID-ZE OF CEYLON.

35

Some species seem to me to be doubtful as belonging to the

fauna of Ceylon, fresh proofs of their appearance being required.

Such species are the following

Gollyris bonelli , Guer., sub-sp. ortygia , Buq. Ann. Soc. Fr., 1835,

p. 601.

Gollyris andrewesi , W. Horn, Deutsch, Ent. Zeitschr., 1894,

p. 170.

Tricondyla tumidula , Walk. (cf. supra).

Cicindela aurofasciata , Guer. (spec. ?), ul.., Motsch. Bull. Mosc.,

- 1861, p. 95.

Description of New Species and Varieties.

Tricondyla (Derocrania) fusiformis, n. sp., pi. f. 1.

Derocraniae gibbicipi Chd. simillima, differt statura majore,

figura angustiore ; fronte inter oculos paullo minus excavata,

plicis illis 2 longitudinalibus (in specie Chaudoiri distincte elevatis

et ultra impressionem punctiformem juxtaorbitalem prolongatis)

multo minus distinctis brevioribusque (ante impressiones illas

abbreviate) ; prothoracis parte postica dilatata minus parallela

magisque conica (id est in media prothoracis longitudine angus¬

tiore), margine antico libero minus profunde emarginato ; elytris

angustioribus, in medio et postice minus inflatis, subtiiius

paulloque densius sculptis ; tibiis tarsisque minus cyanescentibus

(magis brunnescentibus). Pronoto elytrisque subbrunnescentibus

(non metallicis). Long, 11 mm. (sine labro) : one male.

This small narrow species is closely allied to Derocrania nietneri ,

Motsch., but is a little longer, the head narrower, and the interor¬

bital region of the frontal area plainer ; the prothorax (anterior

and posterior half) is narrower and longer, and less inflated

behind the middle. The elytra are more elongate, witli the whole

.surface (except the extreme apex) densely punctured. D. nietneri

has the prothorax and the elytra metallescent, the tibiae and tarsi

lighter rufescent. In the new species the two longitudinal plicae

of the front are prolonged backwards in the form of indistinct*

impressions.

Gollyris saundersi , Chd., sub-sp. Icetior , n. var.

Differt a typo statura paullo minore ; colore supra subtusque

(capite nigricante) subolivascente ; femoribus coxisque rufo-

brunnescentibus ; tibiis aut cyaneis aut rufotestaceis ; tarsis totis

cyaneis aut primo pedum intermediorum posticorumque articulo

brunnescente ; prothoracis collo antico minus abrupte constricto

paulloque crassiore. Long. 13-16 mm. : one male, two females.

SP0L1A ZEYLANICA.

36

The few differences noted impart a distinct character to the

sab-species. I suppose that the specimen caught by G. Le wis near

Colombo and mentioned by H. W. Bates (Ann. Nat. Hist,, 1886,

p. 7i) belongs to this new sub-species.

Gicindela corticata, Putz., sub-sp. Iceticolor , n. var.

Differt a typo statura majore robustiore ; capite prothoraceque

crassioribus ; fronte inter oculos vittis 2 cyanescentibus ornata ;

prothoracis episternis paullo densius punctato-pilosis ; elytris

amplioribus, superficie sequali (impressionibus illis levissimis ant

longitudinalibus aut omnino irregularibus deficientibus), serie

punctorum viridimicantium longitudinali evidentiore, punctura

et antice et postice rariore nusquam confluente ; macula flaves-

cente antica majore (magnitudine illius posticse) marginique

aequaliter approximata atque anteapicali \ 4 primis antennarum

articulis paullulum brunnescentibus, femoribus pallidis vix hinc

inde metallescentibus, penultimo palporum maxillarium articulo

toto flavo. Corpore supra laetius brunneo-cuprascente, elytris

opacis. Long. 9-10J mm. : one male, two females.

The three specimens originate from three different collections,

namely, coll. Tshoffen, coll. Nonfried, coll. Schlttter. The male

differs from the female by the smaller size, narrower shape,

shorter labrum without any tooth, and the tip of the elytra a

little more tapering. The penis shows a long hook. The two

violaceous spots between the eyes in the male specimen examined

by me may prove to be accidental.

I am not quite sure about the pubescence of the abdomen in the

new sub-species ; the lateral parts may be a little more, the disk

perhaps rather less covered with hairs than the type.

Gicindela willeyi , n. sp., pi. f. 4.

C. water ho usei similis, differt fronte inter oculos magis

excavaca, vertice angustiore ; pronoto angustiore longioreque, ab '

angulis anticis usque ad angulos posticos gradatim (lateribus

rectis) dilatato, margine antico discoque paullo distinctius trans-

versim plicatis ; elytris in medio magis dilatatis ; parte apicali

multo longius arcuato-angustata, extremo apice brevius rotundato,

spina suturali valde longiore ; orbitis, scutello, extremo elytrorum

apice, malis, prothoracis episternis lsete cyaneis ; palpis maxillari=

bus flavis, dimidia parte distali articuli ultimi metallica ; macula

flava in angulo humerali posita valde minuta aut deffciente.

Long. 8-9^ mm. (sine labro) : two females, Central Province.

The other allied species are G. dormeri m. and G. gangl-

haueri m. The former is already sufficiently distinguished by

the parallel shape of the pronotum and the elytra {c.f. pi. f. 10) :

CICINDELIDvE OF CEYLON.

37

the latter is larger than the new species, all coppery reflexions are

replaced by greenish colorations, the labrnm is black-metallic,

the prothorax a little broader, the elytra in the middle much less

dilated, the apex broadly and simply rounded with short sutural

spine, the whole last joint of the maxillary palps metallic, &c,

Cicindelct ceylonensis m., sub-sp. diversa (nov. var.), pi. f. 19.

Differt a typo statura pauilo robustiore elytrorumque signatura ;

linea flava humerali valde breviore, stria obliqua mediana

evidenter longiore, macula apicali pauilo breviore marginemque

versus latiore. Long. 16^-19 mm. (sine labro) : one male, one

female, Trincomalee (A. Humbert).

It differs from the type by the form of the body a little larger

and broader, the tooth of the labrum £ a little less produced, the

sides of the pronotum a little more rounded, the second joint of

the maxillary palps 6 testaceous-metallic, with the third one

black-metallic and by the pattern of the elytra : the humeral stripe

is evidently shorter, the oblique line in the middle is longer, the

apical spot mostly shorter and broader, approaching nearer to the

margin and posteriorly dilated. The pubescence of the body

may be perhaps a little scarcer ventrally.

Synopsis of the Genera,

I. — Episterna of the metathorax long and nar¬

row, deeply sulcated.

A. — Labrum with 7 teeth, lateral part of

rhe mentum without spine, elytra sepa¬

rated, with wings, 7th segment of the

abdomen ? with 2 (towards the base,

sometimes connected) spines

B. — Labrum with six teeth, lateral part of the

mentum with a spine, elytra connected,

without wings, 7th segment of the

abdomen ? without spines

II. — Episterna of the metathorax large, wide,

and plain, never longitudinally sulcated.

A. — Body without pubescence

B, — Body with pubescence

Collyris

Tricondyla

Euryoda , pi f.

Cicindelct

Synopsis of the Collyris, sp.

I. — Vertex (before the deep strangulation)

short, anteriorly (on the summit) in

form of a transverse semilunar line

sharply broken (towards the mid-front) Archicollyris

dohrni, Chd,

38

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

II. —Vertex long and anteriorly rotundate ;

bent ... ... ... Neocolly ris

A. — Feelers sometimes short, towards the

apex strongly incrassated ; intermediate

space between the two longitudinal sulci

of the front more or less convex, the two

sulci convergent behind ; middle part of

the prothorax in the front distinctly con¬

stricted (collum sharply formed), lateral

part of the metasternum widely and

densely punctated-pilose.

(а) Distance from the fore-margin of the

labrum to the fore-margin of the pro-

notum longer than the prothorax ... crassicornis, Dej.*

(б) - - - shorter than the prothorax ... saundersi, Ghd.

B. — Feelers slightly incrassated ; inter¬

mediate space of the front plain, the

two sulci not convergent behind ;

middle part of the prothorax without

distinct collum in the front, lateral

part of the metasternum Avith a small

and scarcely punctured space ... punctatella, Chd.

C. f — Feelers long and thin (intermediate

space of the front parallel and plain :

teste descriptionibus), middle part of

the prothorax without distinct collum,

(a) Length 19 J mm., pronotum deeply

and densely (transversely) plicated,

elytra almost always equally densely

and coarsely sculptured (the whole

metasternum densely pilose ?) ... plicaticollis, Chd.

(&) Length 12-J mm., pronotum moder¬

ately plicated, elytra towards the

base and apex evidently liner and

scarcer sculptured (lateral part of

the metasternum not pilose ?) ... ceylonica, Chd.

Synopsis of the Tpicondyla, sp.

I — Vertex without circular constriction ... Tricondyla , sp.

A. — Two last joints of all palpi reddish

brownish ... ...granulifera, Motschf

* Surface of the body violaceous or black,

t Chaudoir’s descriptions are not very perfect.

I Sub-sp. rugosa , Chd., only differs from the type by the elytra more inflate

and coarser sculptured.

CICINDELIDiE OF CEYLON.

39

B. — Two last joints of all palpi black.

(a) Puncture in the middle of the elytra

separate ... ... coriacea, Chevr.

( b ) Puncture in the middle of the elytra

more or less confluent ... nigripalpis, m.

II. — Vertex with circular constriction ... Derocrania , sp.

A. — Front between the posterior half of the

eyes not excavated, prothorax anteriorly

with a distinct “ collum ” or neck.

(a) Elytra posteriorly almost smooth ...

(h) Elytra posteriorly deeply and densely

punctured.

1. The two longitudinal plicae of the

forefront not reaching to the

level of the punctiform im¬

pression near the border of each

orbit

2. The two plicae in the middle of the

front surpassing the lateral im¬

pressions.

(a) “ Collum” long and thin; tibiae,

feelers, and palpi black

( f3 Collum stout and short ; tibiae, 3rd-

6t.h joints of the feelers, and two

last joints of the palpi testaceous

B. — Front between the posterior half of the

eyes excavated.

(a) Prothorax without distinct collum ;

longitudinal middle stripe of the

front more or less continuously

convex, withoutf trace of a large

arcuate excavation just before the

summit of the vertex.

(1) Tibiae and 3rd-6th joint of the

feelers testaceous

(2) Tibiae and feelers black (some¬

times with a metallic sheen).

nietneri, Motsch.*

fusiformis, n. sp.

pi. f. 1

gibbioeps, Chd.

flavicornis, m,,

pi. f. 2

nematodes, Selim.

* Obscuripes. Bat., is identical with the type. I cannot find any positive

differences.

f I do not speak of the two sometimes transversely confluent, punctiform

impressions in the middle of the front between the hind borders of the eyes.

40

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

(a) Elytra coarsely punctured

(/?) Elytra finely and densely (about

as coarsely as in TV. scitiscabra ,

Walk.) sculptured

(b) Prothorax with distinct collum :

middle stripe of the front more or

less applanate, separated from the

vertex by an indistinct large ar¬

cuate excavation running between

the posterior half of the orbits

from one side to the other (behind

the end of the two longitudinal

sulci).

(1) Middle of the elytra separately

punctured ...

(2) Middle of the elytra coarsely

transversely -confl uently sculp¬

tured

concinna, Chd.

schaumi, m.

scitiscabra, Walk.

balyi, me, pL f. 3

Synopsis of the Cicindela, sp.

(1) Lateral margin of the pronotum with¬

out bristles

Lateral margin of the pronotum with

bristles

(2) Whole surface of the episterna of the

metathorax with pubescence

Whole surface of the episterna of the

metathorax almost naked

(3) Labrum covers the whole (shut 1) man ¬

dibles, except the tip of the end tooth

Labrum leaves exposed the greater half

of the mandibles, the end tooth, and

at least the preceding one

(4) Abdomen at least with some bristles ...

Abdomen glabrous ...

10

3

9

corticata, Putz.,

pi. f. 6

4

5

biramosa, F,# pi.

f . 7

(5) Episterna of the prothorax densely

pubescent, elytra ? wi thout mirror ...

Episterna of the prothorax almost naked

quadrilineata,

sub-sp. renei.

m., pi. f . 8

6

* Aberr. dilatata Fit. has the yellow pattern of the elytra a little broader

than the type.

CICINDELIDtE OP CEYLON,

41

(6) Labrum yellow, pronotum 5? narrowed

towards the front ... ... 7

Labrum brown or darker, pronotum ?

sometimes parallel-sided

(7) ? apex of each elytron simply taper¬

ing-rounded

? apex of each elytron sinuated pro¬

longed

(6 not known yet)

(8) Labrum dark brownish, 6 tip of each

elytron obliquely rounded, prono¬

tum ? £ parallel

Labrum black metallic, <$ tip of each

elytron broadly rounded-truncated,

pronotum ? dilated behind

(9) Lateral borders of the abdomen naked...

Lateral borders of the abdomen pubes¬

cent ... ... sexpurictata, F., pi,

f. 14

(10) Cheek with bristles ... 13

Cheek without bristles ... 11

(11) Greatest part of the episterna of the

pro- and metathorax naked ... 12

Greatest part of the episterna of the

pro- and metathorax or the whole sur¬

face pubescent ... ... 17

(12) Borders of the elytra shining, tip of the

abdomen black metallic ... aurovittata, Br.,

pi. f. 15

* 1 now know one of it which differs from the ? by the narrower prothorax

(greatest width a little behind the middle) ; the elytra are less dilated near the

middle without mirror and shining shoulder (tip of the single elytron not

rounded) ; the right mandible shows the end tooth longer but thinner than the

preceding one, the left one has it shorter but thinner (one of the males of

C. dormeri repeats the same formation).

f One <5 is known to me differing from the ? by the smaller size, parallel

prothorax (pronotum finer plicated), and the missing mirror of the elytra which

are also more parallel.

J The typical form differs from sub-sp . lacry mans, Schm., pi. f. 13, by the

much stouter and bulkier shape of the head, prothorax, and elytra, the less

produced teeth of the shorter labrum, the pronotum a little deeper and rougher

transversely sculptured, the stouter legs, the black metallic second joint of the

maxillary palps, and the larger and broader yellow spots of the elytra (the apical

one much nearer the margin than the anterior ones).

G

8

waterhousei, m.,

pi. f. 9*

willeyi, n. sp., pi.

f. 4

dormeri, m., pi. f.

10*

ganglbaueri, m.,

pi. f. Ilf

discrepans,Walk,.

pi. f. 12J

8(3)04

42

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Borders of the elytra dull, tip of the

abdomen reddish testaceous

hsemorrhoidalis,

Wdm., pi. f.

16*

(13) Disk of the pronotum with bristles 14

Disk of the pronotum without bristles 16

(1.4) Cheek and first joint of the feelers

with dense pubescence, front with

bristles behind the articulation of

the feelers and near the hind margin

of the eyes ... ... catena, F„tpl. f.

20

Cheek scarcely pubescent ; first joint

of the feelers (never densely hairy !)

and front almost in all specimens

naked

(15) Episterna of the prothorax laterally

naked, those of the metathorax only

near the extreme borders with

bristles

The whole or almost the whole surface

of the episterna of the prothorax

(moderately) covered with bristles...

(16) Mandibles of ordinary size : moderately

stout and sharp

Mandibles very elongated and very

sharp (elytra shorter and— especially

? — dilated in the middle)

(17) Intercoxal process of the meta¬

sternum and interior part of the hind

hips naked

Intercoxal process of the metasternum

and interior part of the hind hips

pubescent

15

ceylonensis, m.,

pi. f. 18

calligramma,

Schm.4 pl.f. 17

cardoni, Fit., pi.

f. 21

sumatrensis, H.,

pl.f. 22

18

limosa, Saund.,

pi. f. 23

* I discovered two larvae of it in a hill of white ants at Anuradhapura (conf..

W. Horn, Deutsche Ent. Zeitschr., 1899, p. 234).

t Aber. cancellata, m, (non Dej.!), differs from the type by the narrower

pattern of the elytra : the middle band more or less separated from the two

lunules.

f The tip of the shoulder lunule is sometimes separated from the middle

spot, sometimes largely connected with it ; surface of the body green or brownish.

CICINDELID.^ OF CEYLON.

43

(18) Femora with ordinary (straight, moder¬

ately long and stout) bristles ... 20

Femora with two kinds of bristles :

straight ones and curved-hooked

ones.* ... ... 19

(19) (a) Labrum 9 with 3 well-developed

teeth, 6 lateral tooth small, eyes

widely prominent, prothorax dilated

before the middle, elytra pretty wide

(not very narrowed at the shoul¬

ders), 6 second last joint of the

maxillary palps testaceous -metallic,

surface of the body dirty green-

brassy, 1st to 4th joint of the feelers

metallic, all episterna mostly green¬

ish, nearly the whole surface of the

episterna of the prothorax pube¬

scent, hind hips almost always black-

metallic, legs metallic, hind femora

interiorly till about the extreme end

densely bordered by hooked bristles,

9 without distinct trace of a mirror.

Length of the body 10-11 mm. .... distinguenda,

Dej., pi. f. 26

( b ) Labrum 9 like (a), 6 lateral tooth

almost disappeared, eyes a little less

prominent, prothorax narrower and

more or less parallel, elytra-— espe¬

cially anteriorly— narrowed, maxiL

lary palps like (a), surface of the

body grayish-greenish-brassy, 1st to

4th joint of the feelers metallic,

episterna coppery or greenish, those

of the prothorax naked towards the

pronotum, hind hips testaceous,

legs metallic, hind femora pubescent

like (&), ? with a slight (not very

shining) mirror. Length 9J— 10^

mm. ... ... undulata, Dej., pi.

* Hooked hairs (bristles) are not always a constant feature for the same

species! For instance, the small brownish specimens of Cicindela octoguttata.

Oliv., show them, the larger dark ones of it have only scarce straight hairs.

44

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

(c) Labrum ? like ( a ), 6 only with a

middle tooth ; eyes, prothorax— pro-

notum a little rougher— and elytra

like (a), second last joint of the

maxillary palps yellow, surface of the

body brownish-brassy, first joint of

the feelers and tip of the 3rd and

4th one mostly testaceous, episterna

coppery, hind hips reddish-testa¬

ceous, femora and tibiae mostly*

testaceous, hind femora interiorly

scarcely and sometimes almost only

towards the base bordered by hooked

bristles, $ without mirror. Length

8J-10 mm.

(20) Disk of the abdominal segments

shortly and scarcely pubescent

Disk of the abdominal segments

naked

(21) Eyes very prominent, head behind the

eyes slightly arcuated-constricted ...

Eyes moderately prominent, head

behind the eyes at first dilated then

sharply constricted .

fastidiosa, Dej.,

pi. f. 25

21

lacunosa, Putz.,

pi. f. 28

labiosenea, m.,f

pi. f. 27

nietneri, m. (the

same pattern as

pi. f. 27)

Berlin, October 15, 1903,

* Most of the Ceylon specimens have yellow testaceous femora and tibiae, in

contrast with most of the Continental specimens, which have them metallic.

f The exceedingly poor material (two specimens) that is known of the typical

C. vividilabi’is, Chaud., and its unknown locality (probably the North of India),

does not allow me to decide whether C, labiocenea , m„ is but a sub-species of

C, vividilabris, Chaud.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

VolHPl

CI-N-CINDELIDAE. HORN.

CICINDELIDiE OF CEYLON.

45

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE

Illustrating Dr. Horn's Paper on the Cicindelidce of Ceylon.

Fig. 1. — Derocrania fusiformis.

Fig. 2. — Derocrania flavicornis.

Fig. 3.— Derocrania halyi.

Fig. 4.— Cicindela willeyi.

In the following figures only the left elytron is shown. The

yellow markings are rendered in black, the dark ground colour

being left white.

Fig. 5.— -Euryoda paradoxa.

Fig. 6.— Cicindela corticata.

Fig, 7.— 0. biramosa.

Fig. 8. — C. quadrilineata renei.

Fig. 9.— C. waterhousei.

Fig. 10.— C. dormeri.

Fig. 11. — C. ganglbaueri.

Fig. 12.— C. discrepans.

Fig. 13. — C. discrepans lacrymans.

Fig. 14. — C. sexpunctata.

Fig. 15. — C. aurovittata.

Fig. 16. — C. hsemorrhoidalis.

Fig. 17. — C. calligramma.

Fig, 18.— C. ceylonensis.

Fig. 19,— C. ceylonensis diversa.

Fig. 20.— C. catena.

Fig. 21.— C. cardoni.

Fig. 22. — C. sumatrensis.

Fig. 23. — C. limosa.

Fig. 24.— C. undulata.

Fig. 25. — C. fastidiosa.

Fig. 26.— C. distinguenda.

Fig. 27. — C. labiosenia.

Fig. 28, — C. lacunosa.

46

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

DIAGNOSIS OF A NEW SPECIES OF ELATERID£ IN THE

COLOMBO MUSEUM.

By 0. Schwarz.

C Berlin.')

Adelocera subaurata , n. sp.

~X~T~IGRO-FUSCA, squamulis subauratis, dense vestita ; fronte

impressa, dense punctata ; prothorace latitudine paullo

longiore, lateribus paullo arcuatis, antrorsum paullo angustato,

dense sat fortiter punctato, haud canaliculato, angulis posticis

divaricatis, rectis haud carinatis ; elytris prothoracis latitudine, a

medio rotundatim attenuatis, dorso haud impressis, seriatim

punctatis, interstitiis planis, dense punctulatis ; corpore subtus

nigro, nitidiore, dense punctato, brevissime breviterque griseo=

pilosulo, pedibus fuscis. Long. 18 mm., lat. 3^ mm.

Brownish black, thickly beset with short golden yellow scales.

The frontal ‘area is concave, densely punctate ; the prothorax

is somewhat longer than broad, with slightly rounded and

anteriorly narrowed sides, strongly pitted. The wing-covers are

as broad as the prothorax, rounded and narrowing from the

middle backwards, with longitudinal rows of pits and flat finely

punctate interspaces.

The lower surface is beset with very fine gray hairs ; the legs

dark brown.

This species is related to A . tumulosa , Cand.

FORTION OF

PANCREAS SHOWING ASCARIS

IN

THE DUCT OF

WIRSUNG.

LIVER SHOWING ASCARIS IN BILE DUCTS AND GALL BLADDER.

To face p. 47]

ASCARIS LUMBRTCOFDES.

47

ASCARIS LUM6RIC0IDES IN THE LIVER AND

PANCREAS OF IAN.

By Albert J. Chalmers, M.D., F.R.C.S.

Registrar of the Ceylon Medical College .

With two figures.

A SCARIS LUMBRICOIDES is one of the commonest parasites

of man, and in Ceylon it is seldom that the human faeces

are examined, at all events in natives, without the ova being

seen, and certainly during the last three years I have never

performed an autopsy in the General Hospital, Colombo, without

finding the worm in the intestine.

It is also exceedingly usual to find that the worm has wandered

from the alimentary canal into some part of the body, e.g., the

mouth, larynx, lungs, nose ; and some sixty-eight cases are recorded

of invasion of the bile duct, but it is by no means so common to

find that a person dies from the effects of Ascaris lumbricoides ,

and to find post-mortem that it has caused serious lesions of

an organ like the liver. It is also not common to find that

it has invaded the pancreas, only about nine cases being recorded.

The following is an account of a case in which death was

directly due to Ascaris lumbricoides.

An autopsy was required upon a Tamil woman, aged 29, who

had died with obscure symptoms. On entering the post-mortem

room, I was immediately struck with a peculiarly unpleasant

odour arising from the body, which was in no way decomposed

having died in the early hours of the morning, which was cold,

the post-mortem being held ten and a half hours after death

It was noticed that ascarides had escaped by the mouth and

the anus, but there was nothing unusual in these observations.

On opening the body the odour which was previously noted

increased when the abdomen was cut into.

The points of interest are with regard to the abdominal organs,

which alone will be described.

The peritoneum was injected, and its cavity contained ten ounces

of clear straw-coloured fluid.

The stomach was normal in every respect.

48

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

On opening the small intestines the previously mentioned

odour was felt almost overpoweringly.

In the bowels there were masses of round worms interlaced

with one another, all along the small intestine from the duodenum

to the end of the ileum. There were not many in the large

intestine.

It is no exaggeration to state that the worms numbered several

hundreds, only the extraordinary overpowering odour prevented

them being carefully counted.

The small intestine was slightly inflamed, but not markedly so.

The bile duct was found to be much enlarged ; on making an

opening it was seen to be filled with round worms.

Eleven fairly well-developed specimens of ascaris lay side by

side in the duct.

There were no worms in the cystic duct, but in the gall bladder,

which did not contain any bile, there was a single ascaris, which

was doubled upon itself.

Upon slitting up the bile ducts it was found that the worms

penetrated into the liver along dilated bile passages in many

directions, till they lay just beneath the capsule. Tracing these

bile passages upwards towards the diaphragm, it was found that

in three instances the ends of the worms lying near the capsule

were surrounded by small abscess cavities.

The pancreas was slightly inflamed, and an ascaris was found

lying along the whole length of the duct of Wirsung from near its

junction with the common bile duct to near its splenic extremity.

Remarks.

There is no doubt in my mind that the death of this woman

was due directly to poisoning by the enormous numbers of

ascarides which lived in her small intestine. No one who felt

the effects of that peculiar odour upon himself could doubt the

toxic effect of these worms upon the living body.

There is, of course, no doubt that the ascarides penetrated the

liver during life, and that they caused the three little abscesses

and the dilated bile passages.

There is more doubt as to whether the ascaris in the duct of

Wirsung was ante- or post-mortem, but taking into consideration

the slightly inflamed condition of the pancreas, I am inclined to

believe that it was ante-mortem.

Abscess of the liver, single or multiple, caused by ascarides is

apparently very rare, but it is by no means unknown, cases having-

been recorded by Tonnele, Pellizari, Forget, Lebert, Lobstein,

ASCARIS LUMBRICOIDES.

49

Kirkland, Kartnlis, and Hoehler. I believe, however, that this is

the first case of its kind reported in Asia and certainly in Ceylon.

Several other observers, including Davaine, Laennac, have recorded

cases of ascaris in the liver without abscess formation.

With regard to the ascaris in the pancreas this is also apparently

not very common, even assuming post-mortem entry, but there

are only a very few cases recorded in which there was evidence

in favour of an ante-mortem entry, and only one, by Durante,

in which such entry was absolutely proved by the fact that the

worm was found in a cyst of the pancreas caused by occlusion

of the duct of Wirsung.

Beferences .

Davaine : Traite des Entozoaires, Paris, 1877.

Kartulis: Ueber einem Fall von Auswanderung einer grossen

Zahl von Ascariden in die Gallengange und die

Leber. Centralblatt fur Bact. Parasitenkunde,

Bd.I.

Hoehler : Ein Fall von Leber- Abscessen verursacht durch

einen Spulwurm.

Dissertation Greifswald, 1895.

January 21, 1904,

H

8(3)04

50

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

MOTES.

1. Grows and Flying Foxes at Barbery n. — In February of

this year I had the privilege, by kind permission of Captain

A. Channer, R.N., of spending a few days at the small island

opposite to Beruwala upon which the Barberyn Lighthouse

stands, some 35 miles south of Colombo. The island is covered

by a cocoanut plantation and is uninhabited, except by the

lighthouse staff and one or two natives working on the plantation.

I had formerly paid a flying visit to the island, arriving there

on both occasions in the heat of the day without noticing anything

out of the common.

On making a more extended stay at the place on the second

occasion I heard on the first evening a great commotion of crows

among the tree tops. On the following morning towards sunrise,

instead of the intermittent chorus of the crows, I was somewhat

surprised by the chattering and squabbling of numerous flying

foxes* overhead. Even then I paid no particular heed to the

noisy creatures, until the next evening at sundown, when I

witnessed what was to me a most interesting sight, namely, the

passage in opposite directions across the strait which divides the

island from the mainland of immense flocks of crows and flying

foxes, the former bound for the island to rest for the night, the

latter speeding their way to the mainland intent upon their

nocturnal forage.

The flying foxes flew on the average distinctly higher than the

crows, starting singly and increasing to large flocks of twenty-five

and upwards, finally becoming a continuous stream. The crows

obviously outnumbered the bats, although weight for weight they

probably represented an equivalent bulk of living matter. The

crows also began to arrive in small numbers before the vanguard

of the bats had started, increasing in their turn to large battalions

until a period of maximum migration was reached, when troops

of bats were to be seen passing over still larger columns of crows.

The whole of the cross-migration occupied about half an hour,

after which solitude reigned supreme.

It still remained to witness the matutinal flights. Accordingly

on the next day shortly before sunrise I heard the cawing of

crows mingled with the chattering of a few flying foxes. This

* Pteropui viedius , the Indian fruit, bat or flying fox, here called ma-wawula.

NOTES.

51

meant that the crows were waking up and that the bats had

already commenced to arrive. I hastened down to the jetty and

watched the reverse passage, the bats returning from the main¬

land to rest for the day and the crows crossing over on their daily

quest for garbage.

During the day the bats may be seen suspended in rows from

the midribs of the palm leaves, resembling hanging fruits when

observed from a distance. If a gentle land breeze is blowing out

to sea it carries along with it a penetrating odour of bats.

The homing of the Indian or gray crow at sunset is well kno wn

to residents of Colombo and other parts of the Maritime districts

of Ceylon.* In Amboina, Semon observed somewhat similar

habits in the case of fruit-eating pigeons of the genus

Carpophaga. These pigeons used to swarm about the forests

during the daytime following their individual pursuits, assem¬

bling at sunset on certain trees singled out for their nightly

repose. Professor Semon had never observed this habit in any

other bird except in the case of herons. (R. Semon, “ In the

Australian Bush,” 1899, p. 505.)

Similarly flying-fox camps are well known in tropical

countries. One at Peradeniya is mentioned by Sir William

Gregory in his Autobiography (1894, p. 348), and may still be

inspected there in the Botanic Gardens. Another was described

by Semon in Queensland, inland from Cooktown, situated in a

dense scrub of forest trees, where the fruit bats hung in

thousands taking their day’s rest. (Semon, op. cit ., p. 261.)

I do not know of any published description of reciprocal

relations having become established between communities of

birds and of fruit bats such as occurs at Barberyn,| the same

trees affording hospitality in regular alternation to day-flying

birds and night-flying mammals. I think it is a noteworthy

example of synchronised homing instincts of gregarious creatures.

A. WILLEY.

2. Leaf -mimicry It is one of the most familiar facts of

biology that many animals, chiefly insects, bear a decided

resemblance to the plants upon or amongst which they live, thus

acquiring an apparent advantage for themselves either in the

way of rendering themselves invisible to their foes or attractive

to their prey. There are flower-mimics, twig-mimics, and leaf-

mimics. The floral simulators are perhaps the least common, and

* Of. Spolia Zeylanica, vol. I., part II., p. 27.

f I am told that the same phenomenon recurs on islands in the Bentota river.

52

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

include predatory insects such as certain Mantidse and dragon

flies. The twig-mimics include the stick insects or Phasmidse,

some water bugs, and many caterpillars, members of at least three

different orders of insects, Orthoptera, Hemiptera, and Lepidop-

tera. The leaf-mimics include such remarkable creatures as the

leaf insects of the genus Phyllium , living examples of which

have been exhibited for some months at this Museum, showing a

striking resemblance to the guava leaves upon which they feed,

sometimes actually nibbling at the flattened expansion of the

bodies of their own kindred.

A singular fact in connection with the stick and leaf insect g

which belong to allied families of Orthoptera is that their eggs

closely resemble plant seeds.

Another still more celebrated example of leaf-mimicry is

afforded by the Nymphalid butterflies of the genus Kallima, a

fine series of the Ceylonese species, K. philarchus from Haputale,

being on exhibition at the Museum.

The object of the present note is to bring forward a further

example of leaf-mimicry which is by no means so well known, if

indeed it has ever been published. I am not aware that it has

been described before. It is a case in which a marine fish

resembles, almost to distraction, a faded leaf. This may appear

extremely improbable, and of course it should be seen to be

believed.

In March, 1903, a gentleman, Mr. R. Gordon-Smith, brought to

the Museum for identification several small fishes which he had

captured in the Colombo Harbour. They were examples of the

so-called sea bats, Platax vespertilio , family Carangidse. These

fishes are remarkable for their thin wafer-like body and greatly

elongated dorsal and anal fins.

At my request Mr. Gordon-Smith was good enough to write a

letter to me detailing the circumstances under which the specimens

were obtained. He wrote as follows from the Galle Face Hotel

under date March 22, 1903

“ Respecting the 4 sea bats ’ ( Platax vespertilio) which I left

with you, I regret to say that I am unable to spare them as I send

all my strange fish to Mr. Boulenger and the British Museum ; if,

however, they have them there I shall see that they are sent back

to Colombo, as they appear to be rare here.* .

“ The specimens in question (of which there are three) were

observed by me about ten days ago while fishing from the inside

of the breakwater within about 100 yards of the end. The three

* One of the specimens was kindly sent back to the Colombo Museum by

Mr. Gr. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., on behalf of Mr. G-ordon-Smith in the following May.

NOTES.

53

fish struck me at first as three animated oak leaves, floating half

sideways, but progressing the same way. When one turned they

all turned . .

“Seeing their slowness I got a couple of boys to jump over the

side and capture one, which they did, and swam with him to the

steps at the end of the jetty. I made them return for the second

and third fish in turn, which they also successfully captured.

Platasc vespertilio.

Sketch, of a living specimen.

These fish seemed unable to take care of themselves on the surface

of such deep water, and were only able to move with any rapidity

when they got on a level keel and tried to bore downwards, but

they gave this up after several attempts. In appearance the fish

54

SPOLIA ZBYLANICA.

resemble, as I said before, a waterlogged oak leaf. None of the

jetty fishermen had seen such a fish before, and until I was with

you to-day I had some slight hopes that I had added one more fish

to my credit as new to science.”

When the fishes are taken out of water they lose to a certain

degree the strangeness of their appearance, and when they are

preserved the fins collapse and contract, so that even the best

drawing will fail to catch the living aspect of the animal. The

individuals observed by Mr. Gordon-Smith appear from his

account of their defective movements to have been in an abnormal

condition, unable to progress in a definite direction or to flee from

the wrath to come in the shape of their captors. So far as can be

judged, they presented the symptoms of fishes disabled by the

concussion of dynamite. The probability that they had been

suffering in some particular rather detracted from their bionomical

interest, and rendered any theoretical deduction based upon their

fancied resemblance to a faded leaf, impracticable.

Under these circumstances I was very pleased indeed to have

the opportunity of seeing for myself the peculiar movements of a

Plcctax vespertilio under perfectly normal conditions inside the

reef at Beruwala in February of this year. I was walking along

the reef in the company of a fisherman carrying a net when he

espied a small fish, which he attempted to catch for me. I could not

see what it was at first, but noticed that the man failed to bag it

after several ineffectual attempts. The fish did not swim far away

from the spot, but dodged about baffling its pursuer. I approached

and seized the net, whereupon I saw a yellow jak leaf gently and

inertly sinking to the bottom. This is surely no unusual sight

close inshore, and I was about to turn away, when to my astonish¬

ment the leaf righted itself and darted away. Efforts were then

redoubled and the fish secured and subsequently I sketched it

alive to show as far as possible its natural contour.

When a fish has a leaf-shaped and leaf-coloured body and in

addition has the unique habit of toppling over and feigning death

when pursued, it seems natural to conclude that it is a genuine

example of protective resemblance.

Under water the general contour of the fish is almost identical

with that of the leaf -butterfly when resting with closed wings.

The contour along the posterior border is strengthened by a dark

line of pigment along the margin of the dorsal and anal fins passing

across the base of the tail fin. The tail fin itself is unpigmented,

perfectly transparent, and consequently invisible under water. The

pectoral fins are also transparent, but the elongated ventral fins are

opaque, showing the yellow ground colour and a dense outer border

NOTES.

55

conterminous with the border of the anal fin, thus preserving the

continuity of the anterior contour.

It is quite impossible to exaggerate its likeness to a leaf, and it

is interesting to learn that the native fishermen also recognize the

similarity by calling the fish koskolaya ,* which means jak-leaf.

The surface of the body shows lines of pigment and small spots

such as are seen in a decaying leaf. These are subject to varia¬

tions similar to those which occur on the undersides of the wings

of Kallima and on the wings and body of Pliyllinm. Only a

careful coloured drawing of the living fish by an artist could do

justice to its wonderful form. The figures of this species which

have been published in various monographs completely fail to

reproduce its essential attributes.

Other cases of protective resemblance among fishes are known

and have become classical, but I know of no other instance in

which the leaf-form has been acquired. The cases of Pliyllium ,

Kallima , and Platax are illustrations of the phenomenon known

in Germany as convergent evolution and in England as parallel

evolution. It is a factor of wide application in biology, sometimes,

as in the preceding instances, easy to recognize, sometimes obscure

and questionable, but always remarkable and difficult to explain

otherwise than in a purely formal manner.

Colombo, March 16, 1904. A. WILLEY.

It is also sometimes called nonet.

$6S,&

ZEYLANICA.

ISSUED BY

i §

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

CEYLOY.

Vol. II.— Part VI.

August, 1904.

CONTENTS .

PAGE

1. Coomaraswamy, A. K. —

Mineralogical Notes ... ... ... 57

2. Report on Parasites in the Carcases of Buffaloes ... 65

3. Boulenger, G. A. —

Description of a Frog [ liana greenii ] from Ceylon ... 73

4. Green, E. E. —

Notes on some Ceylon Butterflies ... ... 75

5. Castellani, A. and Willey, A.- —

Observations on the Hsematozoa of Yertebrates in

Ceylon ... ... ... 7-8

Note. — The black variety of Felis chaus ( H. M. Drummond-Hay) 93

With ttco Plates and, four Illustrations .

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover.]

COLOMBO :

GEORGE ,T. A. SKEEN.

1904.

MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

57

MINERALOGICAL NOTES.

By A. K. Coomaraswamy, B.Sc.,

Director , Mineralogical Survey of Ceylon.

I.— The New Mineral.

TN 1903 Mr. W. D. Holland (who has long taken an interest in

the mineralogy of the Bambarabotuwa district) obtained a

quantity of a heavy black mineral occurring in cubic crystals,

which he naturally identified as uraninite (pitchblende). Samples

were sent to Sir W. Crookes, Sir W. Ramsay, and others, and the

whole amount available (some 5 cwt.) was purchased by the latter

chemist. Samples were also sent through the Mineralogical Survey

to the Imperial Institute for examination and analysis.

In a letter published in Nature , p. 510, March 31, 1904, Professor

Dunstan published the following analysis of two samples, made

by Mr. G. S. Blake at the Imperial Institute : —

These analyses showed that the mineral was not pitchblende,

and Professor Dunstan suggested the name of thorianite for the

new mineral.

In a letter in Nature , p. 533, April 7, 1904, however, Professor

Ramsay published the preliminary results of his examinations,

stating that a much smaller percentage of thorium occurred in the

mineral, and that no appreciable amount of cerium, lanthanum,

and didymium entered into its constitution ; but the presence of

one or more new elements was indicated. The mineral was

strongly radio active, but contained only a trace of radium, the radio¬

activity due to this source being certainly not 5 per cent, of the

8(3)04 * * x

58

SPOLIA ZBYLANIC A.

total. The period of decay of the emanation appeared to point to

the presence of a radioactive element closely resembling thorium

X. Helium was yielded when the mineral was heated alone, 3*5

c.c. per gram being obtained ; when fused with hydrogen potas¬

sium sulphate, it yielded 9*5 c c. per gram.

In a subsequent letter ( Nature , April 14, p. 559) Professor

Ramsay admitted that a considerable amount of thoria was present,

in addition to the new elements, which may be identical with those

recently discovered by Professor Baskerville. A partial analysis

which was made in M. Curie’s laboratory gave 79 percent, oxides

of rare earths (principally thoria) and 14 per cent, of uranium

oxide. A rough preliminary analysis made by Professor Sir W.

Ramsay is as follows : oxides like thorium oxide 76*4 ; uranium

oxide 14“9; ferric oxide 6*1; lead, arsenic, &c., 20; insoluble

(not Si 02) 0*7. At present the constitution of the new mineral

and so also its commercial value cannot be regarded as definitely es¬

tablished ; we must await thh completion of further work in London.

With regard to the analyses made at the Imperial Institute I

may say that I have not observed any trace of zircon occurring as

an impurity in the mineral, and do not think the Zr02 found can

be due to the presence of inclusions of zircon, but rather that the

zirconia enters into its composition. On the other hand, many crys¬

tals have a slight amount of limonite attached to the surface, and

even if these be carefully excluded there are others containing

small cavities lined with limonite which may in part account for the

variations in specific gravity observed, so that a small percentage

of iron oxide in the analyses may be regarded as an impurity.

The properties of the mineral not already quoted are referred

to below : — Colour black, streak greenish gray. Hardness, 5*5-6.

Crystallizes in the cubic system, crystals rarely exceed 7 mm.

along a cube edge. Some crystals consisting of two interpenetrating

individuals appear to be twins, but this has not been as yet con¬

firmed by measurements. Fracture uneven, tending to conchoidal.

Brittle. Lustre resinous to submetailic. Infusible. Dissolves

readily in salt of phosphorus bead, vigorously giving off bubbles,

doubtless of helium ; the bead in 0. F. is yellow when hot, green

when cold, being the reaction for uranium. In borax bead yellow

hot, pale greenish-yellow cold. Insoluble in acids.

Some account of the localities and mode of occurrence may be

given next. The mineral occurs in greatest abundance in loose

waterworn crystals in the bed of the Kuda Pandi-oya, a tiny stream

near Kondrugala, Bambarabotuwa, Sabaragamuwa, where it often

forms the bulk of the heavy residue (“Nambu”) remaining in the

gemming basket after washing. It collects also in hollows and

MINERALOGTCAL NOTES.

59

potholes in the bed of the stream, which in its upper part is so

small as not to contain running water in dry weather. It occurs

also in fragments of a ferruginous conglomerate formed in the

stream bed, and containing water worn rock fragments and crystals

of zircon, thorite, &c.

The mineral was traced to within a short distance of the head

of the ravine, but no sign could be#found of any rock containing

it in situ , and a more extensive search for the matrix would

probably be a long and expensive matter, owing to the thick soil,

landslips, and thick jungle. I have little doubt, however, that it

is derived from some granitic or pegmatite-like rock, such as those

in which zircon and allanite have been found.

The mineral was detected in smaller quantities in washings

from the Alupola-dola (some distance above the path) and in the

Kuda-oya between Batataragala and the said Kondrugala path.

Two or three crystals were also seen in gem washings from

Massena estate, but more could not be obtained. A single crystal

was found in a washing taken from the Pita-ela between Walawe

and Morahela estates near Balangoda.

Since uraninite is rarely found in cubic crystals, it is most

probable that the mineral recorded by me as uraninite from

Gampola [Spolia Zeylanica , vol. I. part IV., 1904), is in reality the

new mineral. It there occurred in a pegmatite consisting mainly

of orthoclase, quartz, and biotite, with apatite, tourmaline, &c., as

accessory minerals.

I have seen other specimens from Ceylon of a mineral resem¬

bling this one, but regarded as uraninite ; some of these are massive,

and cannot be definitely claimed as uraninite or thorianite without

chemical analysis ; so that it is far from, unlikely that new

localities will be found where one or both may be met wfith in

greater abundance.

IntheKuda Pandi-oya it is associated with quantities of zircon

(well-developed large crystals, with some excellent twins on

e (101)), and with more waterworn crystals of thorite, a mineral

which I at first identified as monazite. A crystal of the supposed

monazite stated to be from Bambarabotuwa was sent to the

Imperial Institute for examination, and Mr. G. S. Blake’s analysis

gave the following result, the mineral being identified as thorite : —

Th 0,

Ce 02 &c.

66'26 Si 0.2

7*18 H2 O

14T0

6*40

2*23

•46

1*71

0-35

S. gr. 4-98

99-89

60

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The form of the crystals, however, shows that the mineral is not

tetragonal ; it appears to be orthorhombic or monoclinic. The

oriented sections which I am having prepared will probably clear

up this point. In any case I do not at present regard the mineral

as thorite, although its chemical composition is undoubtedly

similar to that of thorite.

As has already been pointed out, the occurrence of thorium¬

bearing minerals (one said to contain a higher percentage of thoria

than any mineral previously known) in Ceylon is of great

scientific interest, and if they are present in sufficient amount will

be of considerable commercial -importance owing to the use of

thoria for the manufacture of incandescent gas mantles. The 10

or 12 per cent, of uranium oxide alone gives a value of £20 or £30

a ton. The very small amount of radium present is of no practical

importance.

II.— Corundum, Sillimanite, &c.

Remarkable corundum-sillimanite rocks were found at Hal-

dummulla (Uva). They occur all down the slope of Haldummulla

estate, but not in situ , being derived from some point in the

inaccessible hill above ; the fallen blocks are found as far down

as the western end of Kalupahane estate. The minerals sillima¬

nite, corundum, orthoclase-microperthite, garnet, rutile, and

ilmenite enter into the composition of these rocks. The principal

types met with are : sillimanite-corundum rock, sillimanite-garnet

rock, and sillimanite rock ; orthoclase-microperthite is present in

subordinate and varying amount ; ilmenite and rutile are accessory

and do not occur together, but mutually replace each other ; the

corundum and garnet also do not occur together in the same rock.

The corundum forms violet-coloured hexagonal crystals, usually

less than J inch in diameter ; the crystals have often a tabular

developement, the forms c (0001), a (1120), and r (1011) are

characteristic ; rhombohedral cleavage is well developed. The

sillimanite occurs in parallel and radiating groups and single

individuals, the latter generally idiomorphic (prismatic, giving

rectangular cross sections). The crystallization is much coarser

than is usual for sillimanite ; the largest crystals may reach a

length of 2 inches or more and diameter one-tenth inch. The

sillimanite has in the rock a pale gray colour, but is colourless in

thin flakes. A more detailed account of these rocks will be else¬

where given.

Sillimanite has been met with in the garnetiferous leptynites

in some abundance, over a large area between Bandarawela on the

one hand and the Bambarabotuwa district (Sabaragamuwa) on the

other ; also in small amount in a garnetiferous rock found at

MINE R ALOGTCAL NOTES.

61

Eraporuwa near Kolonna, Sab The mineral is exceedingly

rare in the Kandy District (where I have only quite recently

discovered it ; it is there found (1) in a curious rock from

Dulmure, about 7 miles east of Kandy ; this rock may be

called a garnet spinel leptynite ; and is remarkable for the

minute graphic intergrowths of green spinel with felspar which

characterize it ; sillimanite also occurs, but very sparingly and

is more conspicuous macroscopically than in a thin section ;

and (2) in a coarse garnet-leptynite, blocks of which occur by

the roadside, but not in situ , towards the eastern end of

Gregory’s road (Upper Lake road, Kandy). In the Uva-Sabara-

gamuwa District referred to, however, sillimanite is a fairly

common and characteristic mineral, though by no means invari¬

ably present. The sillimanite-bearing leptynites are characteristic

and easily recognized rocks ; the colourless, shining, perfectly

fresh lath-shaped cleavage surfaces of the sillimanite are very

conspicuous in the slightly decomposed granulites. The silli¬

manite occurs in varying amount, but rarely if ever, however, to

the total exclusion of felspar.

III.— Phlogopite.

Particulars of an almost colourless phlogopite mica from

Ampitiya, near Kandy, are of sufficient interest to be recorded.

The mica is found near a junction of crystalline limestone with

granulite (a characteristic situation) ; the exposure is on the north

side of the shallow valley between Ketawala hill and the main

road about 3^ miles from Kandy. The mica occurs in six-sided,

but not very sharp-edged, tabular crystals, not exceeding 4 inches

in diameter. A natural parting parallel to the rays of the percus¬

sion figure and to the edges of the crystal, is sparingly developed.

The optic axial plane coincides with the leading ray of the

percussion figure, being thus in the normal position for phlogopite.

The rays of the percussion figure are inclined to each other at

angles of not quite exactly 60°; the angle K between the two

secondary rays (Holland, “ Mica Deposits of India,” 1902, p. 18,

fig. 2) being from 60° to 62°, the other angles 60° to 59°. There are

scattered, gray-coloured, hair-like, and very thin lath-like inclu¬

sions, which are arranged in directions parallel and perpendicular

to the rays of the percussion figure. The axial angle is small, so

that the figure in thin flakes is apparently uniaxial and pieces of

some thickness must be examined in order to determine the

position of the axial plane. In, thick pieces the mica has a

greenish tinge, and is faintly pleochroic in shades of very pale

brownish-green ; thin flakes are quite colourless.

62

SPOLIA ZEYLANTCA.

The following analysis was made at the Imperial Institute*:

IV.— Kyanite.

“On Sea-bottoms and Calcretes” J. Lomas, in Professor Herd-

man’s “ Report on the Pearl Oyster Fisheries,” Roy. Soc., London,

1903.

Kyanite was found by Mr. Lomas as a constituent of sands

dredged by Professor Herdman off the coast of Ceylon in 1902 ;

the mineral has not previously been recorded from Ceylon.

In Galle Bay were obtained the minerals, quartz, kyanite,

corundum, rutile, tourmaline, and mica ; in Trincomalee Bay,

quartz (magnetite), garnet, corundum, tourmaline, kyanite, mica ;

inPalk Bay, quartz, tourmaline, felspar, zircon, corundum, kyanite,

mica, ilmenite ; in various parts of the Gulf of Mannar, quartz,

ilmenite, magnetite, tourmaline, zircon, garnet, kyanite, rutile.

These minerals have no doubt, as pointed out by Mr. Lomas,

been brought down by rivers from the higher parts of Ceylon, and

distributed by currents over the ocean bottom. The absence from

these lists of spinel and sillimanite is rather curious.

V. — Chert and Opal.

I have recently shown (Geol. Mag., 1 904, Dec. v.,Vol. 1, pp. 16-19)

that at any rate a part of the chert and opaline rocks which are

locally, but in moderate abundance, distributed in the parts of

Ceylon with which I am acquainted, are alteration products of

crystalline limestones, the carbonates having been removed in

solution and replaced by chalcedonic and opaline silica, so that we

may find cherts containing the original accessory minerals (spinel,

phlogopite, graphite, apatite) of the limestones, but showing no

trace of the original carbonates. In other specimens relics of the

partially removed carbonates are to be seen. This corresponds to

what we know of many cherts that occur amongst sedimentary

rocks in England, where it has been shown that the silica (what¬

ever its source) has replaced the original carbonates, which appear

to have been corroded and removed in solution. In Ceylon the

process appears to have taken place long after the formation of

the rock itself.

* I am sorry that the names of the individual chemist or chemists by whom

some of the analyses quoted were made have been withheld, and cannot therefore

be given.

MINERALOCICAL NOTES.

63

VI.— Steatite (Talc.)

This mineral occurs in crystalline limestone, or rather dolomite,

at Harakgama, Pata Hewaheta, Central Province, both in rounded

and ovoid masses less than an inch in diameter, resembling amyg-

dules, and also in small hexagonal prismatic crystals with good

basal cleavage, pearly lustre, &c., but terminating irregularly

(unlike the rather similar individuals of phlogopite mica in which

the basal plane is always well developed). Appearances suggest

a secondary origin for the steatite.

VII.— Stilbite.

A rock specimen obtained from Nilhene graphite mine (near

Baddegama) some 5 or 6 years ago was covered with small bright

transparent crystals. These were examined by Mr. L. J. Spencer,

M. A., and found to be stilbite, presenting the forms c (001), b (010),

f (101), and m ( 110), and twinned like Dana’s figure 3. Stilbite has

not previously been recorded from Ceylon.

VIII. — Serendibite.*

This rare mineral, hitherto only known from the moonstone

pits at Gangapitiya, Dumbara, Central Province, is found also in

the pits at Attaragala near the 11th milepost on the Katugastota-

Teldeniya road. The occurrence here is similar to that origi¬

nally described ; the pits are distant from those at Gangapitiya

nearly four miles, along the same line of strike.

IX.— Moonstone.

The following is an analysis of Ceylon moonstone (orthoclase

felspar) from Gangapitiya, Dumbara, Central Province, made at

the Imperial Institute. The material analyzed was clear, colour¬

less, and free from inclusions. The composition is that of an

orthoclase rather rich in soda.f

f It is noteworthy that the analyses of Ceylon orthoclase quoted in Hintze1

mineralogy show no soda. The said analyses are. however, quite old.

64

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

X— Kaolin.

4 specimen from Alutwela, Teldeniya, Central Province,

collected by Mr. James Parsons, was examined at the Imperial

Institute with the following results. The material “was of a

yellowish pink colour : it contained small quantities of graphite

and of ferruginous decomposition products. When mixed with

water it furnished a paste which was only slightly plastic. It

would only be suitable for the manufacture of common bricks.”

Analysis.

This mineral is almost always present in rocks of the Galle

group at Galle, and is then sometimes idiomorphic. It is common

also in rounded grains in many limestone granulite contact rocks.

Some crystals were observed in a vein of pegmatite exposed in

a small graphite pit near Talatu-oya (near Kandy, Central Province),

the pegmatite and associated green and white rocks resembling

those of Galle, but not containing wollastonite. The pegmatite

consisted chiefly of quartz, orthoclase, and pyroxene very coarsely

crystallized, with a considerable quantity of graphite in flakes

and scales occuping cracks and spaces in the other minerals, and

evidently deposited subsequent to their formation. One of the

individuals of sphene was measured by Mr. G. F. Herbert Smith

and found to present the forms c (001), m (110), and n (111).

XII.— Mispickel.

Mispickel (arsenical pyrite) occurred in a quartz-felspar-

tourmaline rock sent in by Mr. W. A. Theobald from Little Valley,

Deltota. The material is silvery white, of irregular form, and

gives good reactions for arsenic. The greater part of the rock in

which it occurs consists of an intergrowth of quartz with black

tourmaline — a type not infrequently met with ; the presence of

felspar (decomposed) is less usual. The arsenical pyrite has not

been previously recorded for Ceylon.

PARASITES IN CARCASES OF BUFFALOES.

65

REPORT ON PARASITES IN

AT THE COLOMBO

THE CARCASES OF BUFFALOES

SLAUGHTER HOUSE.

CONTENTS.

Page

I. — Introduction ... ... ... 65

II. — Identification of the Parasite ... ... 66

III. — Growth of the Parasite ... ... 66

IV. — Interdiction of infected carcases ... ... 68

V. — Method of ascertaining the presence of the Parasite ... 68

VI. — Diagnosis of the Disease ... ... 69

VII. — Incidence of Sarcosporidiosis ... ... 69

VIII. — Periodicity ... ... ... 70

IX. — Dissemination of the Parasite ... ... 70

X. — Vitality of the Spores of S. bubali ... ... 71

XI. — -Sarcocystis as a Human Parasite ... ... 72

rpHE Chairman of the Municipal Council of Colombo having

reported that the carcases of many buffaloes slaughtered for

meat in Colombo had been found to be infested with parasites in

the muscular tissues, His Excellency the Governor appointed a

Board in October, 1903, consisting of Dr. A. Willey, Director of

the Colombo Museum ; Dr. A. J. Chalmers, Registrar of the Ceylon

Medical College ; and Dr. W. M. Philip, Medical Officer of Health

in the Colombo Municipality, to examine and report as to the

nature of these parasites.

The subjoined report was duly presented to Government, and

is now published by permission of the Hon. the Colonial Secretary,

in Spolia Zeylanica .

I.— Introduction.

It has been known for some years to the Government and

Municipal Veterinary Surgeons and to the Superintendent of the

Colombo Slaughter House, that the meat of country-bred buffaloes,

and less commonly of Indian buffaloes, is sometimes tainted by the

presence of white spindle-shaped parasitic bodies measuring from

less than half an inch to more than an inch in length and about

a quarter of an inch in diameter across the middle. These bodies

lie in the midst of the muscles of which the beef is composed,

that is to say, in the voluntary muscles of the body.

8(3)04 li

66

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The organisms are well known to the native butchers, some of

whom have been acquainted with them for nearly forty years.

The butchers call them milk-nerves, “ pal-narambu ” in Tamil,

“ kiri-nahara” in Sinhalese. The principal consumers of buffalo

beef are said to be the Malays who have lived upon this meat for

generations.

II— Identification of the Parasite.

The muscle-parasite of buffaloes is not a flatworm, although it

resembles one superficially but belongs to a class of Protozoa, the

Sporozoa, so called on account of the method of propagation by

spores. Among the Sporozoa it is assigned to the order Sarcos-

poridia. It is apparently co-specific with Sarcocystis tenella *

which occurs in European ruminants, but on account of its special

distribution in Ceylon as a parasite of buffaloes and not of the

black cattle of the country, we propose, in accordance with a

common practice among systematists to distinguish it by the

trinomial term, Sarcocystis tenella bubali , which may be con¬

veniently abbreviated to S. bubali .

The white bodies which appear prominently among the muscles

are cysts protected by two sheaths, an outer nucleated adventitious

sheath and an inner non-nucleated, striated tunica propria .

The cavity of the cyst is divided up into numerous chambers by

partitions, the chambers being filled with spores. A zone of

proliferation consisting of small chambers may be observed

immediately within the tunica followed by ripe chambers turgid

with spores. The centre of the cyst is occupied by loose over¬

ripe chambers containing stale and degenerating spores. A

transverse section of a fresh cyst shows an opaque peripheral

portion comprising the ripe chambers and a pale translucent

central portion consisting of chambers in a state of liquefaction.

When the cysts protrude from a freshly exposed surface of meat

it may sometimes be noted after a momentary interval that they

have disappeared into the substance of the meat. This is due to

passive shrinkage, not to active migration. The cysts are in¬

capable of independent movement although they possess con¬

siderable elasticity.

III.— Growth of the Parasite.

The parasite is found in the muscles in two principal stages of

development, the one macroscopic (described above), the other

microscopic. The microscopic stage can only be found by teasing

* Cf. A. E. Shipley, Parasites from Ceylon. Spol. Zeyl., vol. 1., part III., p. 45,

1903.

PARASITES IN CARCASES OF BUFFALOES.

67

up muscular tissue into its component fibres and examining the

preparation with the help of a microscope. We have found it

in the striated fibres of the buffalo but only rarely and with

considerable pains. It is therefore useless as a diagnostic feature.

It occurs within the substance of the individual fibre without

otherwise affecting the normal appearance of the latter. Not only

Fig. 1. — Young Sarcocystis inside a muscular fibre of the buffalo.

Highly magnified ; from a preparation stained with thionin.

do the cross striations remain normal beyond the region occupied

by the sarcocyst but between the sarcocyst and the sarcolemma or

sheath of the muscle-fibre the striations are clearly visible. The

youngest sarcocyst which we have observed already contained

spores. Sporulation evidently commences at a very early stage

after the invasion of the muscle-fibre by the germ.

68

SPOLTA ZEYLANICA,

While within the muscle-fibre the microscopic sarcocyst imbibes

nourishment and grows until it distends the fibre to a relatively

enormous size, causing the disappearance of the contractile sub¬

stance of the fibre and retaining around it as an external sheath a

small quantity of nucleated sarcoplasm and the sarcolemma.

After it has become macroscopic the sarcocyst as a rule still lies

in the direction of the grain of the muscles indicative of its origin

within a fibre. It often retains the primitive attachments of the

original fibre at either end.

Just as the presence of a microscopic cyst within a muscle fibre

does not affect the immediate health of the latter, so the presence

of the macroscopic cysts even in large numbers has no appreciable

effect upon the health of the buffalo.

IY. — Interdiction of Infected Carcases.

The presence of the macroscopic stage of Sarcosystis in abund¬

ance renders the meat unsightly and repulsive and therefore

unmarketable. It is the universal custom among medical and

veterinary authorities to condemn badly infected meat, even

though a section of the consumers may not object to the presence

of the parasitic bodies. Unless buffalo meat is strictly differentiated

from black cattle meat on the market, there will always be pur¬

chasers of beef who will be horrified by the chance occurrence of

a Sarcocystis , and whose complaints will not stop at the butchers

but will reach to the authorities.

V.— Method of Ascertaining the Presence of the

Parasite.

The cysts may be found in all the fleshy parts of the body,

including the tongue, muscles of the larynx, oesophagus, and dia¬

phragm ; in fact, in all those muscles which are composed of

striped fibres. The heart, lungs, and liver are not affected.

In heavily infected cases it has been noticed that the meat is

dark, whereas in mild cases there is no change, but this is not an

invariable rule, and is probably of little or no significance.

The method of inspection adopted at the slaughter house

consists in making deep incisions in the forequarters and hind¬

quarters of the carcase after the hide has been removed. If no

sarcocysts are seen to protrude from the cut surfaces the carcase

is passed. Should they be present the inspection is carried further

and if the infection is found to be general, the carcase is con¬

demned and buried. In cases of mild general infection the

carcase is passed.

PARASITES IN CARCASES OF BUFFALOES.

69

If the infestation is localized, the part affected is excised and

the rest of the carcase is passed, but this does not happen

frequently. Occasionally in the case of Indian buffaloes slaugh¬

tered in Colombo, sarcocysts have been found only in the tongue,

larynx, and oesophagus.

VI — Diagnosis of the Disease.

It is remarkable that so far as is known the presence of Sarco-

cystis in the muscles of Ceylon buffaloes does not affect the

general health of the animals in the slightest perceptible degree.

Nevertheless for practical purposes the infected animals may be

said to be diseased and the disease is called Sarcosporidiosis .

The Municipal Veterinary Surgeon reports that the external

appearance, the temperature, the colour of the meat, and the

mortality of the buffaloes are normal under all circumstances.

We have not been able to detect any external symptoms by

which the presence of the parasite may be inferred during life,

and it is quite impossible to avoid slaughtering the infected

animals, except by means of a surgical operation which could not

be depended upon to yield definite results, and could not be

adopted as a measure of practical routine.

VII. —Incidence of Sarcosporidiosis.

Prom records kept at the Colombo Slaughter House, extending

over the months of September and October, 1903, it appears that

858 buffaloes from various districts were slaughtered, 50 of which

were registered as infected, 48 being condemned, giving a total

incidence of 5*8 per cent. This is not a high percentage.

The details of the records are given in the following table : —

It will be seen from the above records that the District of

Tamankaduwa in the North-Central Province has yielded the

highest percentage of infected cases, and although the actual

numbers for the two months are small yet the fact is in

70

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

accordance with the experience of the staff at the slaughter¬

house.

The Municipal Veterinary Surgeon states that “the parasite is

more frequently met with in slaughtered buffaloes in the

months following the dry season in the districts from which

they are brought.” This statement, however, requires statistical

confirmation or rebuttal.

VIII. — Periodicity.

We have no exact information respecting the possibility of

periodical outbreaks of Sarcosporidiosis. The prevailing impres¬

sion among butchers is that the infestation is perennial.

The Superintendent of the Slaughter House reports that the

youngest animal affected in his experience was aged three years

and the oldest sixteen years. In a solitary instance of a cow in

calf he found that the mother was visibly affected but not the calf.

He states further that in his experience the sarcocysts found about

the neck tend to be larger than those found elsewhere.

No observations have been made on sucking calves in this

connection.

The fact which we have ascertained that the parasite is present

in all stages of growth from the microscopic condition within a

muscular fibre to its coarse obtrusion in the substance. of the

meat, shows that the invasion of the fibres takes place more

or less continuously.

Unfortunately we have not succeeded in obtaining any certain

clue as to the ultimate fate of the mature cysts.

IX.— Dissemination of the Parasite.

In the case of Sarcocystis muris which attacks mice, it has been

shown by Professor Theobald Smith of Harvard University that

healthy mice fed upon the flesh of infected mice contracted the

disease, and that the spores entered the host by way of the alimen¬

tary tract 44 in a manner analogous to the transmission of

Trichinae.” Their passage from the gullet or gut into the mus¬

cular system was not traced. Professor Smith points out that

44 the life-histories of all Sarcosporidia are not necessarily explained

by the results obtained with Sarcocystis muris. It would be

difficult, for instance, to account for the Sarcosporidia of cattle

in the way those of mice can now be accounted for, since cattle

are not carnivorous. Their muscle parasite is either an aberrant

form from some invertebrate taken in with their food, or else

there is an intestinal stage as well which readily permits a

discharge of spores outwards.”

FIG. 2. ““PIECE OF BUFFALO MEAT INFESTED WITH NUMEROUS SARCOCYSTS.

, ..

PARASITES IN CARCASES OF BUFFALOES. 71

We have instituted feeding experiments upon a dog. After the

lapse of several months the dog may be examined, but it is not

unlikely that it will be found that the dog is not a facultative host

for S. bubali .*

We are informed by the Municipal Veterinary Surgeon that

there is a popular belief among cattle dealers that buffaloes

feeding on plantain leaves are liable to contract the disease.

At present the mode in which the parasite is conveyed from

host to host or is introduced into any individual host is one of

those mysteries of parasitology which await solution in the future.

All that is known relates to the endogenous generation within the

body of the definitive host. The exogenous generation or phase

of development, whatever it may be, remains to be discovered.

X— Vitality of the Spores of S. bubali.

When a cyst is teased up on a slide in physiological salt solution

the spores are set free. They appear as minute crescent-shaped

bodies with granular contents and are quite motionless. If the

temperature be raised movements of two kinds may be induced,

namely, a gliding movement about the centre of their curvature

and also a spiral rotation of the body giving the effect of an act

of boring. The latter movement is the more important and

characteristic. The spores are rounded at both ends, but one end

is rather more obtuse than the other, and a faint striation may

sometimes he detected here though not always and never very

clearly. The blunter end seems to be that which is generally

directed forwards in locomotion and a minute protoplasmic

rostrum which can be bent to one side or the other can be

discerned under high magnification. The body can also be

bent slightly and the curvature increased or diminished.

Experiments have been made to determine the conditions and

duration of life of the spores when removed from the host. From

these it appears that the spores will not resist excessive heat, that

is to say, they are killed when the temperature is raised much

above the blood-temperature of the buffalo, which represents the

optimum temperature for their existence. They will not resist

putrefaction nor desiccation and they will not live in running water .

Perhaps the most interesting and suggestive experiments are

those in which the cysts were placed in fresh albumen or white

of egg and in running water. When cysts are placed in running

water they will retain their shape and normal appearance for days,

but the spores inside them are killed in about thirty-six hours or in

shorter time, and their remains are consumed by infusoria.

* This turned out as predicted.

72

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

On the 29tli October some cysts were placed in white of egg

in a small glass cell which was covered over with a glass plate and

rendered approximately air-tight by vaseline. On October 31st

the cysts were found to be intact and the spores capable of move¬

ment when heated slightly. On 2nd November, the culture was

still clear, and the spores normal, moving vigorously on being

heated, the movements continuing indefinitely after the source of

heat was removed. On 5th November the albumen was slightly

clouded by developing schizomycetes, but the cysts appeared

unchanged. A similar test with similar results was made by

employing milk as the nutritive medium.

The experiments require further amplification, but it would

seem that they are sufficient to indicate that, unlike bacteria and

infusoria, the spores of sarcocystis will not resist hostile

influences, but will live for a long time under favourable condi¬

tions and in an albuminoid medium. These observations may be

useful as a guide to the means by which the parasite is transmitted

from one host to another, but they have no further application in

the existing state of knowledge.

XI.— Sarcocystis as a Human Parasite.

Sarcocystis has been found in the human subject in a few

isolated cases but never as an epidemic.

The few cases in which it has been found in man may rank as

clinical curiosities. It has not been recorded as a human parasite

in Ceylon. It is not safe to say whether any danger to public

health is to be apprehended from the consumption of tainted

meat. It is probable, however, that under normal conditions the

danger is reduced to a minimum or actually non-existent since

the cysts are killed by cooking and their contents transformed

into a shapeless coagulum.

ARTHUR WILLEY.

ALBERT J. CHALMERS.

Wm. MARSLIALL PHILIP.

Colombo, November 20, 1903.

References .

1892.— Neumann, L. G. A Treatise on the Parasites and para¬

sitic diseases of the Domesticated Animals. Translated and

edited by George Fleming.

1901. — Smith, Theobald. Production of Sarcosporidiosis in

the Mouse. Journ. Experim. Med. Baltimore, vol. VI., No. 1,

pp. 1 to 21.

1903. — Minchin, E. A. The Sporozoa. Lankester’s Treatise on

Zoology, Part I. Introduction and Protozoa, Second Fascicle.

DESCRIPTION OF A FROG FROM CEYLON.

73

DESCRIPTION OF A FROG FROM CEYLON, HITHERTO

CONFOUNDED WITH “ RANA LIMNOCHARIS.”

By G. A.. BouiiENGER, F.R.S., V.P.Z.S.

R. E. E. GREEN has pointed out to me, as a result of his

observation of living specimens, that two Ceylonese frogs

have been confounded by Dr. Gunther and myself under the name

Rana gracilis or R. limnocharis. Having also received quite

recently, from the Trivandrum Museum, examples of another frog

allied to R. limnocharis , I have availed myself of the opportunity

for revising the specimens thus labelled in the British Museum

collection. The frogs of this group are so variable in their

characters that it is a difficult task to seize upon the points that

may be safely relied upon in diagnosing species. But I think I

may conclude that four species may be defined within the series

of forms which have usually been designated as R , limnocharis ,

and I have drawn up the following key for their identification.

Curiously, these small frogs do not appear at all in Kelaart’s

Prodromus , although both the Ceylonese species are represented

in Kelaart’s collection in the British Museum

I. — Tibio-tarsal articulation not reaching tip of snout. First

finger extending beyond second ; toes fully half-webbed ; outer

metatarsal tubercle perfectly distinct ; back warty, the warts often

confluent into more or less regular longitudinal folds ; male with

the sides of the throat black . 1. R . limnocharis , Boie

(gracilis, Urigm. ; agricola , Jerd.). S. China and Japan to Ceylon

and Malay Archipelago.

First finger extending but slightly, if at all, beyond second ; toes

not quite half-webbed ; outer metatarsal tubercle indistinct, or

confluent with the dermal fold of the outer toe ; back with more

or less regular longitudinal folds ; male with the sides of the

throat grayish. 2. R. greenii , sp. n.

II. — Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching tip of snout or a little

beyond ; foot much more than half length of head and body.

Toes half-webbed . 3. R, nilagirica, Jerd. S. India. Toes

barely one-third webbed. 4. R . brevipalmata , Peters. S. India.*

* The species was very accurately described by Peters from a specimen pur¬

chased as from Pegu. This locality is probably erroneous. The numerous

specimens I have seen are from the Nilgherry and Travancore hills.

8(3)04

h

74

SPOL1A ZEYLANIC A .

Rana GREENII.

Vomerine teeth in two rather strong oblique series between,

and extending posteriorly beyond, the choana. Head as long as

broad or a little longer than broad ; snout rounded or obtusely

pointed, as long as or a little longer than the orbit ; canthus

rostralis very obtuse, loreal region concave ; nostril equally distant

from the eye and from the end of the snout ; interorbital region a

little narrower than the upper eyelid ; tympanum distinct, about

two-thirds the diameter of the eye. Fingers moderate, with

blunt tips, first and second equal, or first extending very slightly

beyond second ; foot (including inner metatarsal tubercle) more

than half as long as head and body; toes rather slender, not quite

half-webbed, three phalanges of fourth toe free from the mem¬

brane ; a small oval inner metatarsal tubercle ; outer metatarsal

tubercle indistinct, or confluent with the dermal fold of the outer

toe. Tibio-tarsal articulation reaching the eye, the nostril, or

between the eye and the nostril. Glands on the back forming more

or less regular longitudinal folds. Brown above, with black spots,

dark vertical bars on the lips, and more or less regular cross-bars

on the limbs ; hinder side of thighs with dark marblings ; a light

vertebral stripe constantly present. Male with a vocal sac on

each side, forming loose folds on the throat, the sides of which

are grayish.

The largest male measures 38 mm. from snout to vent, the

largest female 50.

Specimens marked Ceylon (Kelaart, Cuming, W. Ferguson,

B. H. Barnes) have long been in the British Museum collection ;

others, from the hills of Central Ceylon, have been presented by

Mr. G. H. K. Th waites and Mr. E. E. Green.

CEYLON BUTTERFLIES.

75

NOTES ON SOME CEYLON BUTTERFLIES.

By E. Ernest Green. F.E.S.

Government Entomologist , Ceylon.

With Plate and two figures in the text.

1. — Danais alcippus, Cramer.

URING the rearrangement of the Ceylon butterflies in the

Colombo Museum it was found that the collection con¬

tained two examples (Nos. 35-36) of Danais alcippus , Cramer,

distinguishable from chrysippus by the broadly white median

area of the hind wing. This insect has not previously been

recorded from Ceylon. The specimens were taken by Mr. John

Pole at Puttalam, where D. dorippus , Klug., also fell to the same

collector. Both these insects are believed to be varieties or forms

of chrysippus. In the Journal of the Bombay Nat. Hist.

Soc. (vol. XIV., No. 4, p. 716), Manders quotes Butler and

Yerbury to the effect that dorippus is a form distinctive of

Somaliland and Central Africa and that the Indian form should

be known as to D. chrysippus Klugii.

2. — Melanitis ismene, Cramer.

The two forms of this species ( ismene , Cram., and determinata ,

Butl.) are well marked and show but little tendency to run into

each other. They are said — -by de Niceville and Manders — to be

seasonal forms. Typical ismene , distinguished by the highly

angled fore wing and non-ocellated or obscurely ocellated under¬

side, is called the dry season form. While determinata (Moore

as M. leda , Linn., in Lep. Cey. The true leda is now recognized as

a distinct species from Amboina), with unangulated fore wing

and prominently ocellated underside uniformly covered with

dark strigae, is the reputed wet season form. My experience is

that the two forms occur promiscuously in Ceylon. I have, this

very month (February), in the middle of the dry season, taken

both forms on the same date in my garden at Peradeniya. The

markings of the underside of the form ismene are very variable.

Figure 5 on the plate shows a partial exception as regards the

ocellate spots, but the highly angled fore wing determines its

position in the dry season series.

76

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

M. ismene is an adept at concealing itself. It usually pitches

amongst fallen leaves where its form and coloration are sufficient

concealment. But even on bare ground the insect is often

extremely difficult to localize, though the approximate spot may

have been carefully noted. I have watched the fly, immediately

after pitching, alter its position so that its axis is directed towards

the sun, thus easting no shadow.

3.— Cynthia asela, Moore .

The Museum collection (No. 395) contains an unique aberration

of the male of this species, taken by the writer at Haragama

(Central Province), December, 1902. The ground colour is of the

normal tint, but all definite lines streaks and spots have either

completely disappeared or been replaced by nebulous fasciae (see

%. 1).

Upperside: fore wing bright yellowish fulvous, darkest on basal

area and outer margin. The cell, with the exception of a median

bar of the ground tint, is filled in with fuscous. The two

marginal sinuous lines are replaced by a single series of diffused

arches between the veins, the apex of each arch confluent with a

deep fulvous ovoid nebulous spot. Other lines absent. Hind

wing deep yellowish fulvous, with a broad diffused fuscous

discal bar crossed by the pale nervules, this fuscous bar taking

the place of the lighter area in typical examples. The usual

ocelli are replaced by diffused whitis i spots. The median and

marginal lines are totally absent. Underside yellowish fulvous ;

the basal area suffused with ochreous pink. All definite lines

absent. The cell markings as on upperside. A diffused white

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

7t

Vol.II.

E.E. Green, del.

MELANITIS ISMENE

VARIATIONS. Green .

West, Newman libli.

CEYLON BUTTERFLIES.

77

spot near apex of fore wing and two similar spots on sub-marginal

area of hind wing. Median fuscous bar on hind wing more

restricted than on upperside. Some indistinct nebulous ochreous

fasciae on disc of both wings.

Marshall and de Niceville mention no varieties or aberrations

in connection with C. asela , which is a remarkably constant

species. I have seen no other variation from the typical form.

4. — Zizera OTIS, Fabricius.

An aberrant female in the Museum collection (No. 637) has

the upperside normal, but on the underside the usual curved

series of spots on both wings is extended outwards to the

sub-marginal line, forming a series of elongated streaks (fig. 2).

(Taken by the writer at Peradeniya, July, 1900.)

Fig1. 2. — Zizera otis, Fabricius. Seen from below.

5.— Talicada nyseus, Guerin.

The Museum possesses a single specimen (No. 660) in which

the usual scarlet patch on upper surface of hind wing is replaced

by creamy white. On the under surface, the usual outer series

of black spots on the hind wing are wanting and the red band

is replaced by pale ochreous. This specimen, with one other

similarly aberrant, was taken by Mr. John Pole at Trincomalee.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE

Illustrating Mr. L. E. Green's Notes on some Ceylon Butterflies .

All the figures relate to Melanitis ismene , Cramer.

Figs. 1 to 5 show some of the principal variations of the typical

or dry season form.

Fig. 6 represents the form determinata , Butler.

78

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

OBSERVATIONS ON THE HJEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES

IN CEYLON.

(d. Preliminary Note.')

By

ALDO CASTELLANI, M.D.,

Director of the Bacteriological

Institute , Colombo.

and

Arthur Willey, F.R.S.,

Director of the Colombo Museum.

With Plate.

Introduction.

THE investigations into the parasitology of the blood have

yielded such great results within the last ten years, import¬

ant alike from the point of view of practical medicine and from

that of pure biology, that no apology is needed for the present

contribution to the very extensive literature of the subject,

especially because no systematic work of the kind has yet pro¬

ceeded from the Island of Ceylon.

The microscopic organisms (apart from bacteria) which more or

less frequently infest the blood of certain vertebrates belong to

two different branches of the animal kingdom, namely, the

nemathelminthes (nematoda) or thread-worms and the protozoa

or unicellular animals.

The protozoan haematozoa belong to t wo distinct classes, firstly

the sporozoa, which are predominantly endoglobular, living at least

throughout the first period of their growth within the substance of

the individual blood-corpuscles from which they or their progeny

can emerge under certain circumstances and at certain periods ;

secondly, the flagellata which swim about freely in the plasma of

the blood.

The parasitic infection of the blood due to the presence therein

of minute thread-worms is called filariasis ; that due to the

flagellata is called trypanosomosis ; and the sporozoan infection

is termed haemosporidiosis.

The dreaded human malaria comprises the particular forms in

which, haemosporidiosis manifests itself in man. Another form of

HiEM ATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

79

the disease which commonly occurs in cattle is known as piro-

plasmosis.

In the cases of man and the domestic animals it is the practice,

in different countries and districts, to give local names to the

maladies occasioned by the various parasites.

J Filariasis.

Filaria mansoni, n. sp.

The presence of blood-filarise in this island has been previously

recorded for man* and the crow.f

We have further to note that in the blood of a cachectic pariah

dog examined recently several filaria embryos were found

strongly resembling those of Filaria immitis , to which species

we think they probably belong. In preparations stained with

haematoxylin and eosin the parasites presented no sheath, the tail

was pointed, the body not very granular, almost homogeneous ;

the length was about 0T2 mm.

The filariae which live in the blood are embryos produced by

adult females which may be found somewhere imbedded in the

tissues of the host. It is known that the species of the genus

Filaria occur especially in mammals and birds, that it is to say

in warm-blooded vertebrates. But not all species give rise to

blood-filariae.

We have now to describe an interesting case of filariasis of a

cold-blooded reptile, the Brahminy Lizard, Mabuia carinata.%

In the blood of a mature female lizard of this species captured in

Colombo in July, 1904, we observed numerous filarise slowly

wriggling, measuring about six or seven times the length of a

blood-corpuscle.

The wriggling consists in serpentine undulations of the body

which do not involve much change of position and, in a fresh

preparation for example, the little worms do not dart across the

field of the microscope. They appear as whitish bodies when alive

in the blood, cylindrical in shape, rounded at both ends, and

destitute of any obvious differentiation. They are relatively

rather stout, about half as thick again or nearly twice as thick as

the linear embryos at the time of their extrusion from the body

of the parent.

* Manson, P. Tropical Diseases. London, 1900, p. 483. Of 55 cases examined

one yielded Filaria nocturna.

f See this Journal, Part II., June, 1903, p. 28 ; and Part IV., p. 103 ( Filaria

vivipara , Linstow, in the gray crow, Corvus splendem').

f Called “ hikanella ” in Sinhalese ; “ aranai ” in Tamil.

80

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

In dried blood-films fixed in absolute alcohol and stained with

hematoxylin and eosin, the body of the organism is found to have

contracted within its cuticular sheath, leaving a faintly bluish-

stained membrane projecting at each end of the body. When

prepared according to Leishman’s modification of Romanowsky’s

method, the sheath remains colourless. In stained preparations

the tail of the body inside the sheath ends bluntly, but is more

attenuated than the anterior portion. The length of the body

without the sheath is ‘09 mm., with the sheath T4 mm.

Two adult females were found imbedded in the musculature

of the body wall, one in the ventro-lateral abdominal region, the

other in the dorsal wall of the body-cavity. The former was

loosely coiled upon itself, the latter appeared as a deeply winding

white clew (c/. fig. 1).

The tail is attenuated and bent round ; at its extremity there is

a rounded knob, shortly in front of which the vent lies on the

ventral side (fig. 2). The head is slightly spatulate, with a

sense-organ on each side near the front ; the mouth is terminal,

leading into a buccal capsule from which a short vestibule leads

back to the oesophagus (fig. 3) ; the latter is -53 mm. long or

of the total length. The adult worm measures 38 mm. in length

by *5 mm. in breadth.

For this species, which we take to be new, we propose the name

of Filciria mansoni in honour of the distinguished authority on

parasitic tropical diseases — Sir Patrick Manson.

When removed from the body of the host and placed in dilute

formalin both adult specimens discharged a large number of

eggs and embryos into the fluid, from the generative orifice

which is situated near the anterior end of the body (fig. 4).

Trypanosomosis.

Trypanosoma lewisi (Sav. Kent).

Under this heading we have to record the occurrence of Try¬

panosoma lewisi in the house-rats ( Mus decumanus) of Colombo.

Probably at least 25 per cent,, of adult rats are infected. In

Bombay Dr. Hanna has noted that 12 per cent, of the rats

harbour the parasite.

The number of parasites varies in different hosts. Sometimes

they are so numerous, the lashings of the flagellum so powerful,

and the rapidity of their movements so great, that the blood

appears to be seething with them, Dr. Hanna* has found other

* Hanna. W. Trypanosoma in Birds in India. Quart. Journ. Micro. Sc. vol.

17, 1903, pp. 433-438, pi. 32.

HiEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

81

species of Trypanosoma in the domestic pigeon in India and in

the Indian crow. The domestic pigeon was also found to be

affected with the hsemamceba, Halteridium danilewskyi (see

below), but it is not quite clear whether the two parasites were

present in one and the same host.

We have not yet come upon Try pa, nosoma in Ceylon elsewhere

than in the rats of Colombo.

Trypanosoma lewisi is apparently a non-pathogenic parasite,

its presence in millions in the blood not affecting the health of

the host. It has been shown that this species has become split

up into two physiologically different races indistinguishable mor¬

phologically, namely, the parasites of rats and the parasites of

the Hamster ( Gricetus frumentarius.). Although these parasites

are identical in form and properties, yet an inoculation of the one

parasite into the host of the other never takes effect.*

It appears that Koch (1898) was the first to demonstrate that

the Trypanosoma of the Nagama disease of cattle, T. brucii , could

be transmitted by inoculation into rats and other animals, while

the rat parasites are only transmissible to rats.

Bradford and Plimmer (Quart. Journ. Micr. Sc. vol. 45, 1902,

p. 450, &c.), found that sewer rats naturally infected with J\

lewisi were not immune against the fatal effects of T. brucii

when introduced into their blood by inoculation, but that they

died in the usual time, five days after inoculation.

Rabinowitsch and Kempner showed that rat-trvpanosome is

transmissible to white rats by inoculation, but these exhibit

no tendency to spontaneous infection. The same authors also

ascertained experimentally that rat-trypanosomes can be trans¬

mitted from one host to another by fleas, a discovery which was

confirmed by Laveran and Mesnil.f

We may add some brief notes on the action of various chemical

substances on Trypanosoma lewisi .

For these experiments a small loopful of trypanosoma-infected

blood was mixed with the same quantity of the chemical, the

action of which we wished to test. Hanging drop preparations

were made, carefully sealed with vaseline. All the experiments

were performed at the temperature of the room (about 87°

* v. Wasielewski and Senn. Beitrage znr Kenntniss der Flagellaten des Ratten-

blutes. Zeitschr. f. Hygiene und Infectionskrankheiten. Bd. 33, 1900, pp. 444-

472, Taf . VII. — IX., see p. 458.

f Cf. Lydia Rabinowitsch and W. Kempner, Die Trypanosomen in der Menschen-

und Tierpathologie, sowievergleichende Trypanosomennntersuehungen. Centralbl.

Bakt. Parasit. Abth. 1. Bd. 84, 1903, pp. 804-822. This Paper includes a very full

bibliography of Trypanosomosis.

8(3)04 M

82

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

F. to 97° F.). The results are collected in the following

table : —

The sign 4 + means that the parasite is actively motile ; the sign 4 means that

the parasite is sluggishly motile ; the sign — means that the parasite has lost its

motility.

The Table shows that some staining substances have a very

marked action on the vitality of the parasite. Of all the stains

tested the methylene blue acted most effectively. A 1 per cent,

solution of methylene blue stops at once the movements of the

trypanosomes, which appear blue-stained and with their shape

well preserved. Such results would suggest the use of inoculations

of methylene blue (chromotherapy) in animals and man affected

with trypanosomosis, inasmuch as methylene blue is little

poisonous. Manson and Low,* however, have tried methylene

blue inoculations in a man affected with trypanosomosis without

getting any good result. Recently Ehrlich and Shigaf have had

good results in animals by inoculations of a solution of a new

stain which on account of its great affinity for the trypanosome

they have called Tryparolh.

Hjemosporidiosis.

The classification of the Sporozoan parasites of the blood is not

yet quite fixed, but for present purposes, following Laveran’s

* Brit. Med. Journal, 1904.

t Chromotherapeutical researches on trypanosomosis. Berlin Klinische

Wochenschr., March 28 and April 4, 1904. Reviewed in Annali ai Medicina navale

X. 1904, p. 781.

HiEMATOZOA OP VERTEBRATES.

83

distribution of the genera, # three families may be recognized : —

Hsemamoebidse, comprising the malarial parasites of man, apes,

bats, and birds ; Piroplasmidse, comprising the parasites causing

Cattle fevers (Texas fever, Rhodesia fever, &c.) ; lastly, the

Hsemogregarinidse, including a large assemblage of endoglobular

parasites of fishes, amphibia, and reptiles.

We now pass on to summarize our own observations on these

organisms.

H^mamcebid^e.

Halteridium danilewskyi (Grassi and Feletti).

This parasite has been described from many birds in different

countries. All are regarded as belonging to the same species.

The blood of a common Scops Owl ( Scops bakkamcena var.

malabaricus) taken recently (July) in Colombo proved to be

abundantly affected by it. Only endoglobular phases were with

certainty observed by us, and these showed the sexual differentia¬

tion of the trophozoitesf already noted by MacAllum. In our

preparations there are two kinds of fully developed trophozoites,

present in approximately equal numbers, perhaps rather more of

the first kind than of the second. In one form the protoplasm

is stained distinctly blue with Leishman’s mixture, leaving a

clear tract in the centre, pigment granules being scattered more or

less throughout the protoplasm. These, according to MacAllum

(as quoted by Minchin), are characters of the female parasite.

The second type shows characters of the male. It has generally

a shorter and stouter form, appearing nearly white, very faintly

bluish white, owing to greater density of the protoplasm, and the

pigment-granules are aggregated at the two ends. In one instance

we observed a double infection of a blood-corpuscle by the two

forms (fig. 7). There are indications that the granular or female

parasite undergoes amoeboid movements. Young oval stages of

the trophozoite are also present though not common.

The conversion of the male trophozoite into a gametocyte can

be followed in our stained preparations. The parasite becomes

shorter, thicker, and finally nearly round (fig. 9).

* Cf. Minchin, E. A., Sporozoa, in A Treatise of Zoology, edited by Professor E.

Ray Lankester, Part I., Fascicle 2, 1903, p. 265.

•j* The terminology employed here is based upon that laid down by Professor

Minchin in the treatise to which we have already referred. The parasite grows

in the blood-corpuscle from a minute germ to its full size. During this stage of

endoglobular growth the parasite is called a trophozoite. When a trophozoite

becomes sexually mature it is called a gametocyte. MacAllum’s original papers

published in the Journal of Experimental Medicine, vol. III., 1898, have not been

accessible to Us,

84

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Further observations on this particular case of Halteridium

infection were cut short by the untimely death of the bird, which

apparently fell a victim to some beast of prey during the night.

Halteridium is a non-pathogenic parasite. (See additional note

at end of paper).

Hcemocystidium simondi, n. g. et sp.

In the blood of a tree-dwelling gecko, Hemidactylus leschenaultii ,

taken at Mamadu near Yavuniya (Northern Province) in April of

this year we have discovered an interesting pigmented endoglo-

bular parasite which cannot be placed in any hitherto described

genus of hsemamcebidse. It consists at the earliest observed

stage of a small rather irregular or amoeboid body with a zone of

pigment granules across the centre. At first the nucleus of the

blood-corpuscle is only slightly displaced (fig. 10).

The growth of the parasite leads to further displacement of the

nucleus of the host-cell which becomes pushed to one end of the

corpuscle. Sometimes the parasite is oval or somewhat irregular

in contour ; sometimes it is round or lenticular. The elongated

oval form nearly fills the corpuscle, only a narrow pink rim may

be seen surrounding the blue body which moulds itself upon the

nucleus of the blood-celi. Judging from the analogy of other cases

it would seem that the spherical or discoidal form is the gameto-

cyte or final stage of the trophozoite.

In our preparations there are two very distinct types resembling

each other in form, but differing in their reactions to Leishman’s

stain. These no doubt represent sexual differences as in Halteri¬

dium and in other previously known cases.

In the male type the body is faintly granular and stained a

delicate pale blue, with small numerous pigment granules scattered

round the periphery. In the other or female trophozbite the

body is stained dark blue, the pigment granules though numerous

appear to be slightly larger at times ; and varying numbers of

vacuoles of different sizes are always present. In the pale form

vacuoles never occur (figs. 12-13).

We propose to name the new genus with the characters which

we have described, Hcemocystidium , on account of its rounded,

turgid, more or less bladder-like shape and appearance. The

specific name is dedicated to Dr. P. L. Simond who has described

a somewhat similar parasite, though of a different species, from

Trionyx indicus , a fresh water tortoise common in the Ganges

and Jumna.*

* Dr. P. L. Simond, Contribution a l’etude des Hematozoaires endoglobulaires

des Reptiles. Ann. Inst. Pasteur T XV.. 1901, pp. 319-350, see p. 338.

HiEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

85

Dr. Simond named the species observed by him Hcemamceba

metchnikovi. While resembling our parasite in general features it

differs in size, rarely exceeding the half of the blood-corpuscle, in

the smaller number of its pigment granules, and in the fact that it

does not cause a displacement of the nucleus of the corpuscle

according to Dr. Simond’s figures.

A good demonstration of the difference in size between the two

species is afforded by the effect of double infection. In the case

of H. metchnikovi Dr. Simond has figured a corpuscle, otherwise

normal, containing two parasites, male and female (Simond, Z.6\, pi.

VIII., fig. 145). In a doubly infected corpuscle observed by us the

growth of the two trophozoites had caused a deep constriction of

the corpuscle, almost cutting it in two (fig. 16).

It seems clear that Hcemamceba metchnikovi belongs to our

genus Hcemocystidium , and it should henceforth be styled Hcemo -

cystidium metchnikovi (Simond). The name Hcemocystidium

will probably be found of use as a distinctive term, but until all

the stages of the life-history of the parasite are known it can only

be regarded as a provisional designation.

H^mogregarinidjs.

Hcemogregarina nicorice,n . sp.

The species of the genus Hcemogregarina are often difficult to

distinguish from each other and the principal and most obvious

means of differentiating them is by host and locality. Our

brief account of the above-named parasite will add little to the

knowledge of the hasmogregarines beyond indicating a new

distribution.

The larger specimens of the tortoise commonly met with in

ditches and marshy lands round Colombo and in the Colombo lake,

Nicoria trijuga , appear generally to be infected with a non-

pathogenic haemogregarine which does not betray any highly

distinctive properties.

When examined in the fresh condition the crescent-shaped or

reniform body of the parasite presents one clear pole, one granular

pole, and a clear but sharply defined central tract which in stained

preparations proves to contain the nucleus. More frequently than

not the clear pole is directed towards the nucleus of the blood-

corpuscle, but there is no constant orientation.

The granular pole is the growing end of the organism which

becomes bent round upon itself in the manner characteristic of

the genus Hcemogregarina . The doubling of the parasite usually

takes place by a very narrow bend, but occasionally a wide bight is

produced (fig. 19). Young stages before the bending came

86

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

under our observation in both fresh and stained preparations.

We have also observed a double infection (fig. 21).

The nucleus appears as a more or less diffuse aggregation of

chromatin granules which sometimes extend to the recurved limb

of the parasite. The length of the bent parasite is *01 mm.

In one case the parasite has apparently unbent itself inside the

corpuscle (fig. 23).

In a hanging drop prepared from the blood of a specimen which

had been killed some hours previously we have once only

observed a motile parasite free in the blood-plasma. The move¬

ments consisted of slow revolutions in the arc of the parasite and

also of movements of flexion. The granular pole was directed

forwards and the other pole appeared to be more or less fixed or

adhesive. Finally the parasite was attracted by an irresistible

chemotaxis to a neighbouring phagocyte by which it was

gradually absorbed.

In other cases we have found the bent forms free in the plasma,

but we attribute this to accident.

The free motile form observed is apparently simply a tropho¬

zoite which has issued from the corpuscle and become free.

The corpuscle may have undergone liqnefaction, thus liberating

its inquiline. Such free primary trophozoites have been described

for H . stepanovi by Laveran* and for H. hankini by Simond and

perhaps for other cases. Our reason for particularizing on this

matter will be evident from what follows in the next section

of this paper.

Other endoglobular parasites of Chelonians are H. stepanovi ,

Danilewsky, from Emys and Gistudo ; H. labbei Bornerf, from

Platemys and Glemmys ; H. mesnili, Simond, from Emys tectum ;

H. laverani , Simond, from Cryptopus granosus (= Em.yda

granosa) ; H, billeti , Simond, J from Trionyx stellatus.

Hcemogregarina mirabilis n.sp.

1 .—Endoglobular Infection.

A young water snake, Tropidonotus piscator , 2 feet T| inch

long, recently examined in Colombo, was found to be moderately

infected with a haemogregarine the trophozoites of which were

approximately at the same phase of growth, more or less bent

into a U-shape in the usual haemogregarine manner.

* Cf. Minchin, E. A., op. cit ., p. 266.

f Carl Borner, Untersuchungen iiber Hamosporidien, I. Ein Beitrag zur

Kenntnis des Genus Heemogregarina, Danilewsky. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Bd. 69.

1901, pp. 398-416.

| Simond, op. cit.. p 388, footnote.

HyEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

87

These trophozoites present slight differences from those of

H. nicorice . Their size is rather larger, 12 microns (*012 mm.)

in length, the protoplasm stains a uniform blue leaving no clear

pole, the reddish-blue stained nucleus is denser and is placed

near the anterior pole. The greater density of the nucleus is

evidenced not only by the closer aggregation of its chromatin

material, but also by a greater resistance to the staining reagent.

In many instances the nucleus of the parasite is hardly or not

stained at all. If the parasite has been artificially set free on the

slide, its nucleus is certain to be well stained.

It should perhaps be noted that the host-snake had died some

hours before the examination of its blood, but this fact had

nothing to do with the presence of the trophozoites.

The latter when kept fresh under observation in a hanging

drop for several days undergo no apparent change until they

disintegrate.

2.— Free Infection.

We do not know the fate of the U-shaped trophozoites

described above, nor do we know how long they remain in a

particular phase of growth within the corpuscle. Just as they

remain unchanged for days in a hanging drop, so they may live

for months without undergoing much appreciable change within

the blood-cells of the host.

At last there comes a crisis in the life of the parasite when

something must happen to perpetuate its existence. There are

several critical stages in the life cycle of other Haemosporidia and

the same fact probably holds true for the Haemogregarines, only

here the stages have not been properly defined. A form of

reproduction by multiple fission resulting in the formation of

eight daughter trophozoites or merozoites has been described by

Laveran* (cf. fig. 22, H. nicoriae).

A few days after the endoglobular parasites had been found in

the young Tropidonotus a very large freshly killed snake of the

same species came into our hands.f A hasty examination of a

drop of blood revealed the presence of extraordinary numbers of

free, actively moving haemogregarines in the blood-plasma.

Numerically this invasion would compare favourably with a rich

infiltration of Trypanosoma, a comparison which is all the more

appropriate on account of the activity of movement and the

disturbance created among the corpuscles. The analogy is still

further strengthened by the behaviour of these highly motile

* Cf. Minchin, E.A., op. cit., p. 266, fig. 77 j.

f Its length was 3 feet 8 inches, and its girth more than twice that of the

younger specimen.

88

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

bodies in the hanging drop. When kept under observation in

this condition it has been found by various investigators that the

development of Trypanosoma ceases even at the blood-tempera¬

ture,* and sooner or later the parasite becomes completely

dissolved.

So it happens with the free hsemogregarines of H. mirabilis.

Several hanging drops were prepared towards six o’clock in the

evening. On the following morning not a trace of the parasites

was to be found beyond here and there some questionable granular

matter. The blood -corpuscles remained perfectly normal. As

mentioned above, the endoglobular parasite undergoes no such

rapid dissolution, but persists as long as the corpuscle which

harbours it.

The movements of our free hsemogregarine consist of gliding

slowly along and turning, sometimes bending double upon itself.

Then again an individual will appear fixed at one spot by its

more attenuated hinder end and will revolve by a rather slow

screw-like motion like the spores of Sarcocystis. Then will appear

a very rapid whirling of the body displacing the neighbouring

corpuscles. This last movement, as later observations on stained

preparations showed, was probably due to the efforts of the parasite

to free itself from the corpuscle.

The most remarkable and as we believe hitherto undescribed

fact in connection with these parasites relates to their origin

within the blood corpuscle. This is shown in our preparations

(stained by Romano wsky’s method) in the clearest manner.

Many of the corpuscles contain parasites of relatively large size

and lightly crescentic or reniform in shape consisting of a delicate

membrane, closely applied to which are more or less distinct

rows of red-stained granules uniformly distributed. The centre

of this body, along its entire length, is occupied by a pale blue-

stained body containing a well-defined densely staining nucleus.

The enveloping body is the mother-cell of the contained body and

in the following description we will refer to it as the cytocyst.

The single organism which the cytocyst produces escapes from

the membrane and from the corpuscle, and becomes the freely

motile parasite described above from life. We will call it a

monozoite , and the cytocyst is a monozoic cytocyst.

The nucleus of the monozoite lies behind the centre of the body

both before and after its birth. Our preparations show all stages

of emergence of the monozoite. When fully formed within the

cytocyst, the hinder end of the monozoite is slightly bent,

indicating that a certain pressure is exerted on the cytocyst,

* Cf. v. Wasielewski and Senn., op. cit., p. 45] . See also above p. 82.

89

HiEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

"or in other words that the monozoite exists in a state of

tension.

In the next stage the anterior end of the monozoite (always the

anterior end) is found to have perforated the wall of the cytocyst

and begins to push its way out through the opening thus produced

(figs. 30-35).

In some cases at the moment of fixation of the blood-film on the

slide the monozoite had extruded its body as far as the middle of

the nucleus which appears constricted. In other instances only

the hinder end lies still within the cytocyst and corpuscle, the rest

of the body being free. Sometimes instead of emerging from the

corpuscle the monozoite comes out of the cytocyst into the

substance of the corpuscle (fig. 33). We regard this as an

abnormal condition.

Occasionally the cytocyst membrane is difficult to distinguish,

and the monozoite appears to lie in the corpuscle without a sheath.

In such cases the membrane can often be identified on close

inspection, but sometimes no trace of it can be seen. The

preparations here and there show some indications of an attempt

on the part of a monozoite to re-enter the corpuscle. This may

sometimes happen.

Growth Forms.

According to our observations the monozoites which emerge

from the cytocysts are all of the same size within the limits of a

slight variation.

In the plasma of the blood some are much larger than others,

especially in point of width (figs. 36-37). The staining reactions

of all are the same, namely, pale blue cytoplasm and dense

reddish-blue nucleus.

In a few rare instances we have observed stages in the forma -

fcion of the monozoite within the cytocyst. In these cases the

condensation of protoplasm is incomplete, the pale-blue merging

Imperceptibly into the substance of the cytocyst. Above all the

nucleus shows unmistakable signs of formative activity in the

definite distribution of its chromatin (fig. 29).

Involution Forms,

In a fewcorpuscles we have found bodies which are apparently

monozoites undergoing degeneration. The nucleus appears to be

fairly normal, but the cell protoplasm (cytoplasm) is reduced and

sometimes indefinite (fig. 38). Such cases may possibly be

due to some mischance, such as the re-entry of a monozoite into

a corpuscle of the same host.

8(3)04 n

-90

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

When the monozoite has issued in the usual way from the

cytocyst the latter remains within the corpuscle, sometimes

showing a slight crumpling due to collapse of the membrane.

The corpuscle becomes enlarged about twice the normal size, and

its cytoplasm appears pale as if undergoing dissolution, which

indeed is obviously the case.

We have not been able to follow the stages in the involution of

the cytocyst, but we do not doubt that it eventually disintegrates

as its term of service has clearly expired. In one case only have

we found a corpuscle which appears to contain the ghost of a

cytocyst.

With regard to the red-stained granules of the cytocyst, we

regard these as belonging to a thin layer of residual protoplasm

which is left round the periphery of the mother-cell after the

formation of the axial monozoite. Sometimes the portion of the

issuing parasite which has already emerged from the cytocyst

appears reddish outside, the portion inside the sheath being pale

blue. This would seem to be due to a slight amount of the

residual protoplasm being carried out by the monozoite ; or

perhaps the cytoplasm of the corpuscle may be involved as well.

Conclusion.

We shall not attempt to discuss in detail the nature of the

various forms we have described, believing that the observations

in themselves are sufficiently striking to warrant publication.

Of course there is the question of the genetic connection

between the trophozoites of the first or endoglobular infection

and the cytocysts and monozoites of the free infection. The

evidence that they belong to the cycle of development of one and

the same species is only presumptive.

First of all there are the facts of the specific identity of the

hosts, of the close proximity (within the radius of a few miles)

of the localities, the fact that the parasites belong to the family

Hsemogregarinidae, and lastly the circumstance of the approxi¬

mately synchronous development of the parasites in their respec¬

tive hosts, the trophozoites of the endoglobular infection present*

ing the same phase of growth within narrow limits and the

cytocysts of the free infection varying only within the limits of

the origin and birth of the monozoites.

As for the motile monozoites, their fate remains for the present

a mystery and we will only hazard the suggestion that they

represent fully developed forms ripe for transmission to another

host.

HiEMATOZOA OF VERTEBRATES.

91

Supplementary Note on Halteridium.

Quite recently it has been announced by Dr. Fritz Schaudinn

that Halteridium is to be regarded as the sexual phase in the life-

history of a Trypanosoma. This is a most surprising discovery,

and cannot fail to lead to further unexpected developments.

[Schaudinn, F. Generations-und Wirtswechsel bei Trypanosoma

und Spirochaete. Arbeiten aus dem Kaiserl. Gesundheitsamt,

Berlin. Bd. XX., Heft 3, 1904. Abstract by H, Kossel in Archiv

fur Schiffs-und Tropen-Hygiene, Bd. VIII., 1904, p. 173.]

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE

Illustrating the Article on the Hcematozoa of Ceylon, by Drs. Castellani and Willey,

Fig. 1 .—Filaria mansoni ?. Drawn after preservation, x 4.

Fig. 2.— -Same. Tail end with indication of vent. 4D cam. luc.

Fig. 3.— Same. Head end. x 30.

Fig. 4. — Same. Outline sketch of anterior end showing the

discharge of the eggs.

Fig. 5. — Same. Linear embryo discharged into the preserving

uid. 4 D cam. luc.

Fig. 6.— -Same. Blood-filaria from a stained preparation. Oc.

3. Obj. rJ2 oil imm. cam. luc.

Fig. 7. — Halteridium danilewskyi . Double infection of a blood

corpuscle. The nucleus of the corpuscle is drawn in outline only

in this and the following figures. The black spots in the parasites

are pigment granules.

Fig. 8. — Same. The parasite shows an interruption at the centre,

and its ends are bifurcated with a refringent granule in each

process.

Fig. 9.-— Same. Male parasite becoming short and round.

Fig. 10 .—Hcemocystidium simondi . Young male trophozoite

in corpuscle, staining pale blue, with zone of pigment spots.

Compensating oc. 4. obj. T]g cam. luc.

Fig. 11. — Same. Young female trophozoite, staining dark blue,

with pigment spots and one vacuole; shape amoeboid. Same

magnification as fig. 10.

Fig. 12.— Same. Male (pale blue) trophozoite nearly filling a

blood corpuscle ; with pigment spots. Freehand sketch. Dimen¬

sions of parasite 13 microns by 10 microns.

Fig. 13.— Same. Male trophozoite rounded.

Fig. 14. — Same. Female (dark blue) trophozoite with pigment

and several vacuoles.

Fig. 15.™ Same. Female trophozoite rounded.

92

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fig. 16. — Same. Double infection of a blood corpuscle witb

two male (pale blue) trophozoites. The corpuscle is deeply

constricted.

Fig. 17 .—Hcemogregarina nicorice,. Young trophozoite with

refringent granules, near to the nucleus of a corpuscle. The

outline of the corpuscle is omitted. Fresh preparation.

Fig. 18. — Same. Trophozoite in corpuscle. Fresh preparation.

The spots are ehromatoid granules, not pigment, in this and

following figures.

Fig. 19,— Same. Trophozoite bending up. From a stained

preparation.

Fig 20. — Same. Trophozoite doubled upon itself.

Fig. 21. — Same. Double infection of a corpuscle.

Fig. 22. — Same. The nucleus of the trophozoite is divided

into four.

Fig. 23. — Same. A trophozoite unrolled within a corpuscle.

Figs. 24, 25, and 26. — Same. Sketches of a parasite free in the

plasma, illustrating the movements observed.

Fig. 27. — Same. Another position of the same free individual.

Figs. 28-38 relate to Hcemogregarina mirabilis.

Fig. 28. — Trophozoite bent double ; from a preparation of the

endoglobular infection.

Figs. 29 — 30. — From the free infection.

Fig. 29. — Monozoite forming within the cytocyst.

Fig. 30.— Fully formed monozoite inside a cytocyst within the

blood corpuscle.

Fig. 31. — Monozoite commencing to issue from the cytocyst.

Fig. 32. — Monozoite half way out of the cytocyst and corpuscle.

Fig. 33. — Monozoite leaving the cytocyst, but remaining within

the corpuscle.

Fig. 34. — Another emerging monozoite.

Fig. 35. — Monozoite nearly free from cytocyst and corpuscle.

Figs, 36 and 37. — Two free monozoites. Oc. 4, Obj. cam. luc.

Fig. 38.— Dwarf monozoite within a corpuscle.

SPOLIA ZEYLANrCA Part VI . 1904.

haematozoa

NOTE,

93

NOTE.

The Black Variety of Felis chans . — On the 16th February

this year a Sinhalese man belonging to the Yatiyantota district,

who collects specimens for me, brought in what appeared at

first sight to be a domesticated cat of a pure black colour ;

but the man vigorously protested that not only was this a

jungle cat, but other cats of the same colour had been seen

before, and it was known that there was a black jungle cat.

Upon closer examination I saw at once that it differed from an

ordinary house cat, while I found that it resembled the jungle

cat {Felis chaus ) in the following important points (1) Pupil

round ; (2) ears long, with a small tuft of longish hairs inside

the ear, about half way down ; (3) tail short ; (4) skull broad ;

(5) the wavy lines noticeable on the sides of some specimens

of Felis chaus being just traceable.

On looking up Felis chaus in “ Blanford’s Mammalia ” Faun. Br.

Ind. pp. 86, 87, I found that a black variety had been sometimes

found in India, so I lost no time in curing the skin, which as

soon as it was ready I sent down with the skull to the Colombo

Museum to Dr. Willey, who very kindly examined it and replied

as follows : —

“ There seems no doubt that it is a black specimen (melanic

variety) of Felis chaus . The ear tufts seem to have been

lost, but the length of the ears and the characters of skull and

teeth stamp it as F. chaus . I suppose there is no doubt of its

having been genuinely wild here, 7.e., it is presum ally not an

escapee.”

The cat had been trapped and had not been long dead when it

was brought to me. Its captor informed me that on the previous

morning he found a jungle cock caught in a trap which had been

set for mouse deer {Tragulus meminna ). The fowl had been

half devoured by some animal ; so, suspecting a cat, he reset the

trap using the remains of the jungle fowl as the bait. The

statements of the Sinhalese man about there being a black jungle

cat cannot be relied on, but there is not the slightest chance

of the animal having been imported here, nor is there any doubt

as to its having been born in Ceylon; but there remains the

chance of its being the result of a cross between a domesticated

94

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

cat and Fells, chaus . I have tried to find out if there are any

black cats in the district, but cannot hear of any ; in fact, the

villagers here are very poor, and I do not think it is all likely that

many, if any cats at all, are kept by them.

Then again, I think it may be reasonably presumed that the

result of a cross would not have been so completely of the

character of Fells chaus , but would have shown some point to

prove its real identity.

Apart from these remarks Dr. Willey’s statements are sufficient

to allow the black variety of Fells chaus to be counted among the

mammals of Ceylon.

H, M. DRUMMOND-HAY.

Punagalla,

Yatiyantota, May 22, 1904.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

CEYLON.

Yol. II.— Part VII. October, 1904.

CONTENTS.

1. Boulenger, G. A. —

Description of a New Snake

PAGE

95

2. Hancock, J. L —

The Tettigidse of Ceylon

Note. — Miscellaneous Insects from Ceylon

With five Plates.

[For Rate of Subscription and other

GEORGE

J.

1904.

COLOMBO :

A. SKEEN. GOVERNMENT PRINTER,

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

95

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SNAKE.

By G. A. Boulenger, F.R.S., Y.P.Z.S.

With Plate.

Aspidura drummondhayi .

EOSTRAL very small, as deep as broad, just visible from above;

internasal as long as the suture between the prsefrontals ;

frontal hexagonal, as long as or a little longer than its distance

from the end of the snout, about two-thirds the length of the

parietals, its greatest width, at the posterior borders of the supra-

oculars, nearly twice its anterior width ; supraocular more than

twice as long as broad, more than half the length of the frontal ;

praefrontals in contact with the eye and with the second, third, and

fourth upper labials ; noprseocular ; two postoculars, lower larger ;

temporals 1 + 2 ; six upper labials, first and second very small,

sixth largest, fourth entering the eye ; four lower labials in

contact with the anterior chin-shields, which are much longer

than the posterior. Scales in 15 rows, feebly keeled near the

vent. Yentrals 112 ( 6 ) to 135 (?) ; anal entire ; subcaudals 18 (?)

to 26 (($), all or greater part in two rows. Dark purplish brown

above and below, strongly iridescent, with minute whitish dots or

vermiculations ; five rather indistinct blackish streaks and the

outer corresponding to the angle of the mouth.

Total length 220 millim.; tail 22.

This very distinct new species is described from two specimens,

male and female, presented to the British Museum by Mr. H. M.

Drummond-Hay, by whom they had been referred to the correct

genus. The paired condition of the caudal shields in this species

will necessitate an alteration to the definition of Aspidura , the

previously known species having single subcaudals. I cannot

regard this difference as generic, especially .in view of the fact

that the four anterior shields of the male specimen here described

are single.

Several specimens were found on the Hopewell estate, Balan-

goda, by Mr. H. M. Drummond-Hay during March, April, and

May, 1903, while clearing out drains in a field at the very top of

8(25)04 o

SPOLIA ZEYLANTC A .

9«

the estate, the probable elevation being from 3,500 to 4,200 feet

above sea level. The specimens are evidently about full-grown,

and the species is viviparous, as embryos have been found in a

specimen of no larger size. From the same field during the same

period Mr. Drummond-Hay obtained Rhinophis Mythii and Hap-

locercus ceylonensis in great abundance, and four specimens of

Aspidura copii.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Aspidura drummondhay i , natural size, with enlarged figures

of upper, lower, and side views of head.

Spoil si ZeylaniG

ASPIDURA DRUMMOND HAYI .

SP0L1A ZEYLANICA.

97

Introduction.

T is the aim of the present Paper to enlarge and systematize our

-*■ knowledge of the Ceylonese forms of that important group

of Orthoptera known as the Tettigidae,* and to furnish a basis for

their future study. Some of the species of the Island noted by

various writers, the descriptions of which are scattered through

several scientific publications, have been brought together, and for

the most part redescribed in detail. Six new genera and about

nine new species are described here for the first time. Alto¬

gether sixteen genera and approximately twenty-seven species

including varieties are treated. At present no others are known

in Ceylon.

Obscure forms of Orthoptera, such as the Tettigids, have rarely

been thoroughly collected in any tropical island, and for this

reason peculiar interest attaches to the present study.

Ceylon prom a General Viewpoint.

Ceylon is two hundred and sixty-six miles from Point Pedro,

the northerly extremity to Dondra Head at the extreme southern

point of the Island. It is one hundred and forty and a half miles

in breadth at the widest part from Colombo on the west, to

Sangemanhand on the eastern coast, and comprises an area of

twenty-four thousand seven hundred miles. (Ceylon, 1876, p. 13.)

One may well conceive the richness of the flora of the Island on

referring to the photographic plates in Emil Schmidt’s travels

(1897) depicting the landscape of the country. Here are disclosed

the wild tangle of vegetation, with the winding streams here and

there skirted by tropical forests. In this volume and in the pages

of Cave’s work (1901) we find pictured the paradise of animal life.

In the jungle or among the dead leaves in the shade of the forests,

in the grassy fields, or by the margins of the rivers, the ponds, and

* The term Acrydiidce of late has been substituted for the term Tettigidce by

some entomologists, notably Kirby (1902), much to the confusion of nomen -

clature.

98

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

mountain streams where the mosses cover the wet rocks, it

requires but little imagination to conceive the ecological rela¬

tions of the little orthoptera whose forms, amid such surround¬

ings, have taken on such great differences in structure. Before

the cultivation of this Island proceeds too far, with the incidental

extermination of animal life by man, it is hoped that the fauna

will be carefully studied, with a view of throwing much-needed

light on the evolution of insular faunae.

The accompanying map of Ceylon (plate IY.) compiled from

several reliable sources shows where the collection of Tettigidae

was made.*

Characteristics of the Tettigid^e.

Members of this group of Acridians are quite easily distinguished

by their small size, some of the species being the smallest

representatives of the Acridiidae. The large pronotum, covering

the body, is moreover a marked characteristic and not infrequently

it is prolonged backward to the end of the abdomen or the tips

of the hind femora or even beyond. The tegmina or elytra are

very small and rudimentary, being represented by small lobes or

scales placed at the sides of the body, occupying the posterior

elytral sinus, and covering only a very small portion of the base

of the wings. The wings are usually well developed, and are

remarkable for the narrowing of the wing proper, or the part

before the anal furrow, the hind part or anal area being

enormously developed. Both elytra and wings are sometimes

absent. The venation of the wings is the most specialized of that

of any of the orthoptera. The prosternum is extended forward

in a sternomentum or chin-piece which surrounds Ahe mouth

parts. No arolium is present between the terminal claws of the

tarsi. Viewed in profile the subgenital plate of the male is conical

or triangular ; the valves of the ovipositor are serrulate, having

their extremities divergent. In this connection it may be well to

draw attention to a few of the characters of most practical use in

diagnosing the species, namely, the proportions of the eyes, vertex,

facial frontal costa, the pronotum with its related parts (the lateral

lobes), the femora, and the relative length of the posterior tarsal

articles. The character of the antennae, the nature of their

insertion, and the position of the posterior ocelli, in conjunction

* One point known as Haragama could not be located. The three places—

Kadugannawa, Peradeniya, and Kandy— are sixty-five, seventy-one, and seventy-

five miles inland, respectively, from Colombo, which is on the western coast.

Hantanne or Hantane is on a rugged cliff rising to the height of four thousand

one hundred and nineteen feet, and is the highest point in the tea-growing

district. It can be seen from Kandy looking across the lake. — (Cave, 1901.)

[Haragam is about eight miles from Kandy.]

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

99

with the aforesaid characters, are used in distinguishing the

groups.

The infra-scapular area sometimes referred to in the descriptions

lies just below the shoulders on each side of the pronotum

immediately above the elytra (when the latter are present) and

usually is bounded posteriorly by the small curved humero-apical

carina, but sometimes it is prolonged distad. Just above this

infra-scapular area at the outer side of the shoulders, on the

dorsum, is sometimes a narrow linear or triangular area separated

by the prolongation forward of the latero-apical carina. This was

termed the scapular area by Morse (1900, p. 4). In some species

the infra-scapular area is represented by a widened prolonged area

lying below the lateral carina forming a broad margin. This

often appears in the Cladonotinse. In some extreme cases the

scapular and infra-scapular areas may even be very narrow, being

then about the same width opposite the outer half of the elytra as

instanced in Scelimena, the shoulder then appearing bicarinate.

The posterior ocelli are variously situated with relation to the

eyes. Those genera in which species are represented with their

position nearly on a plane with the middle of the eyes are,

namely, Cladonotus , Deltonotus , Loxilobus , Criotettix , Aptero-

tettix , Tettix , Euparatettix, Hedotettix , Goptolettix , Acanthalobus ,

and Paratettix. In Mazarredia and Lamellitettix they are

situated on a plane with about the lower third of the eyes ; while

in Scelimena , Cavialidium , and Systolederus , they are almost on

a plane with the lower margin of the eyes.

Some Minor Changes in Classification.

In the study of the various species of the genus Criotettix , it was

found that some of the characters which had already been noted

by Bolivar (1887, p. 223) in his table were of sufficient difference

to separate the species possessing them into new genera. For

example the group of which C. tricarinatus, Bol., forms the type does

not conform to the group of which the very distinct C. miliarius ,

Bol., is a representative. A.t the same time there are distinctions

to be found dividing the above two representative groups from the

new species Loxilobus acutus , which forms the third generic type.

The three genera thus formed may be summarized as follows : — -

First Division . — In the tricarinatus group (plate III., figs*

.15-15&) the head and eyes are lightly elevated, or exserted, the

vertex being distinctly narrower than one of the eyes, or subequal,

the spine of the lateral lobe of pronotum being distinct, and

transverse or bent obliquely forward. This characterizes the

genus Criotettix , Bol.

100

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Second Division. — In the miliarius group (plate I. figs. 8-8&)

the stature is larger, the antennae shorter, the head and eyes not at

all elevated, the spine of the lateral lobes distinctly obliquely

directed backward. Genus Acanthalobus , Hanc.

Third Division. — On the other hand, in L. acutus group (plate I.,

fig. 3, and plate III., figs. 16-16&) the body is moderately small,

the facial frontal costa roundly produced before the eyes, the

posterior angle of the lateral lobes only a little acute produced or

obliquely excised. Genus Loxilobus , Hanc.

There is some doubt as to whether the latter genus should not

be placed in the section Metrodorince instead of the Scelimenince.

It became necessary also to create a new genus to include

Paratettix personatus , Bol., together with another new species

under the name Euparatettix.

Extremes op Structural Modifications.

This group presents an interesting array of remarkable species,

some of which are grotesque in the form of the body. The

individual variations, the gradation of forms, the slight differences

sometimes existing between the groups, the cha nge of form incident

to isolation on the one side, and wide distribution on the other, offer

exceedingly difficult obstacles in the way of systematic arrange¬

ment. This difficulty is relieved in a measure by the accompanying-

drawings which help to elucidate the descriptions. The diversified

forms of body development suggest intense struggle for existence,

and among them, moreover, is admirably exhibited an exquisite

adaptation, especially in the direction of protective resemblance.

In the instance Scelimena gavialis> De Sauss., the combination of

vivid red and dark fuscous is exceptional among the Tettigidse.

The richness of genera contrasts quite markedly with the compara¬

tive paucity of forms found in more temperate regions of the

world. A contrast also will be discovered in comparing the highly

specialized tropical forms with the simple types observed in

northerly latitudes.

Habits in General.

The habits of some of the species are correspondingly singular

in some respects, as might be inferred from the anatomical

structures ; notably the remarkable species G-avialidium crocodilus

shown in plate II., fig. 11, with its flattened prolongate body.

It closely imitates the rough sculpturing of excoriate moss-

covered rocks over which water constantly trickles. The insect is

so secure in its resemblance to the rocks and is made so confident

by its adaptation that it acts very sluggish, seldom taking to its

wings. According to observations of Mr. E. Ernest Green (1902,

THE TETTIGID2E OF CEYLON.

101

p. 214) on the aquatic habits of Scelimena gavialis , Sauss. (Plate

I., fig. 4), there is in Oeylon “ a large group of aquatic Acridians

of the family Tettigidae, e.g ., Scelimena (harpago) gavialis Sauss.,

and allied species. This species in particular has the hind tibia

and tarsus laterally expanded for swimming. The insects frequent

the mountain streams of Ceylon, resting on the wet rocks in mid

stream. When disturbed they leap without hesitation into the

water, and either swim to another rock or dive to the bottom, often

remaining there for a considerable period.” The author then states

that he remembers “ on one occasion observing the larva of a Tettix

walking about among the dead leaves at the bottom of a shallow

pool.” Lastly he states that Grcivialidium crocodilus , De Sauss., is

another species that frequents wet rocks ; though he has never

seen this insect actually take to the water. According to Bolivar

(1887) Capt. Boys and Westwood have recorded similar amphibious

habits in Scelimena , and similarly Sharp (1895) reiterates observa¬

tions, probably by these authors, on the Ceylon and Himalayan

species. De Saussure (1860, p. 481) likewise narrates the follow¬

ing observations made by M. A. Humbert, who was then keeper of

the Museum of Geneva : —

“The species of Scelimena live upon the borders of rivulets and

ponds. They post themselves upon the rocks and frequently dart

out upon the water leaping and fluttering by means of their large

membranous wings. They poise on the water without becoming

wet, and then in clearing the surface use their wings again.

“This ability of taking the water as a point of departure un¬

doubtedly is due to the dilatation of the first joint of the posterior

tarsi which has been observed among these species. These insects

appear moreover to have no fear of immersing themselves

completely. They jump into the water as well as upon the surface,

and it is probable that their posterior tibiae, membranous at the

borders, and the first joint of the posterior tarsi, when it is

enlarged, perform the function of fins. Finally the species of

Scelimena also like to refresh themselves in the tiny streams of

water which glide along the rocks. One often finds them firmly

clinging to a rock and entirely submerged by the current of water,

apparently taking a bath. These habits have been observed

equally in both Scelimena crocodilus and Scelimena gavialis .”

An allied competitor in the racial struggle, Scelimena logani

(plate I., fig. 5), probably displays similar or even more pro¬

nounced amphibious tendencies, as evidenced in the very widely

laminate expanded margins of the posterior tibiae, which are

formed into perfect paddles for swimming. It was found fre¬

quenting a rocky stream and also living on rocks and in the water

102

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

of the Maha weli-ganga (river.) This species does not have the body

margined with red as in the preceding. The crested Deltonotus

tectiformis (plate I., fig. 2) differs in its habits materially from

those above described in that it lives on the ground among fallen

leaves in the jungle under shade trees. The body of this insect

is shaped somewhat like a beech nut, being compresso-cristate

and gently arched above from before backward. One of the

unique species is the interesting horned Gladonotus latiramus

figured on plate I. fig. 1, the only specimen of which was

discovered on a bungalow wall. Its body is provided with many

spiniform tubercles, and the pronotum is elevated forward into a

vertical ramus. The very rough-backed Lamellitettix acutus

(plate II., fig. 6), with its lateral lobes of the pronotum outwardly

projecting in the form of broad-based spines, is represented by

one female specimen taken from the stem of a tree in a thick

jungle. Contrasting with the foregoing is the graceful bodied

Griotettix tricarinatus (plate III., fig. 15) with delicate spines

arming the lateral lobes. It seems to be one of the commonest

species locally, appearing in considerable numbers on the margin

of a river, the side of a railroad bank and on grass lands. A

nearly allied species, Griotettix spinilobus (plate III., fig. 12),

was found on swampy ground. The rather large Acanthalobus

miliarius (plate II., fig. 8) was found frequenting rice fields, the

dry bed of a tank, and the banks of a stream. The long-wing

somewhat slender-bodied Loxilobus acutus (plate I.. fig. 3) was

caught at light. Another smaller species Loxilobus rugosus (plate

III., fig. 16) inhabits swampy ground and grass lands. Of bizarre

forms Systolederus greeni (plate II., fig. 9) is an excellent example.

The large globose eyes drawn very close together present a most

peculiar aspect, being compressed and elevated considerably

above the somewhat flattened dorsum. It lives on hot dry rocks

away from water arid is very active on the wing. The small¬

bodied Mazarredia insularis (plate II., fig. 7) is often coloured

like the natural lichens and mosses among which it lives and is

very inconspicuous. The small apterous species Apterotetiix

obtusus (plate III., fig. 13) has a very short pronotum and angu-

late head. It lives among fallen leaves under shade trees, having

similar habits in this respect to Deltonotus tectiformis previously

referred to. It is also found in grassy fields. The long-wing

Tettix atypicalis (plate III., fig. 14) lives on grassy land. The

short- wing form, Tettix a. ceylonus , lives in similar situations.

Euparatettix personatus (plate II., fig. 10) abounds in the rice

fields. The beautiful Hedotettix attenuatus (plate III., fig. 18)

is remarkably variable in colour, often having a light longitudinal

THE TETTIGIDiE OF GEY LON.

103

stripe extending the whole length of the middle of the dorsum.

Like several other species it occurs in the rice fields.

It is. quite likely that the habits of oviposition in the Ceylonese

Tettigidae are similar to if not identical with those of the same

group of these Acridians found in North America which are

treated at some length in my recent monograph (1902). In brief,

the female makes a burrow in the ground with her ovipositor

from five to ten millimeters deep. At the bottom of this hole

she lays her eggs one by one, side by side, fastening them together

as fast as laid with a glutinous secretion from the vagina. The

mass finally consists of a variable number of eggs, the whole being

shaped like a pear, the attenuated extremity of each egg being

directed upwards. In selecting a site to deposit the eggs, Tettix

choses vegetable mould or, more frequently still, a spot covered

with lichens or moss. After oviposition the hole is neatly

covered with fine particles of soil or vegetation, which the female

scrapes up by the skillful use of the hind tarsus in some species,

or by the ovipositor in others.

Apterous Species and Dimorphism.

Four apterous species of Tettigidae are here recorded from

Ceylon : namely, Cladonotus humbertianus , Gladonotus latiramus

(plate I., fig. 1), Deltonotus tectiformis (plate I., fig. 2), and

Apterotettix obtusus (plate III., fig. 13). The majority of the

species possess fully-developed wings which give them excellent

power of flight. The large number of specimens of long-wing

forms caught at light in different localities suggest that these forms

are capable of migration. Among the species represented as being

caught at light and which doubtless participate in local flights or

migrations are : Acanthalobus miliarius , Bol., Loxilobus acutus ,

Hanc., Euparatettixpersonatus , Bol., Hedotettix gracilis ,DeHann.,

Tettix atypicalis , Hanc. A number of the species are dimorphic

in the length of the wings and pronotum.

Quantitative Variations.

An insufficient number of specimens prevented extensive

studies of the species in most cases from the quantitative point of

view. Yet, in the instance of Hedotettix , even the small series of

measurements proved of value in leading to the supposition that

the species that is nominally given here as attenuatus is a recently

derived species, in that stage of evolution where some individuals

present gradations connecting it with gracilis . In making the

measurements of the insects the “ length of body” refers to the

total distance between the front of the head and the apex of the

wings or pronotum. Some authors give the length of body as the

8(25)04 p

104

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

distance between the front of head and apex of the abdominal

appendages. This is unreliable owing to shrinkage of the body.

Taking the pronotal measurements, for example, as represented in

the three series given in the sequence, the short-wing gracilis , the

long-wing gracilis , and long- wing attenuatus, place modes, the

result of geographical segregation, are detected and sufficiently

well marked in degree of divergence and of isolation to distinguish

the species, though strictly speaking, they are not severed entirely.

The Origin of Denticles and Spines.

That some of the spines and denticles on the Tettigid body

have originated at different periods in the evolution of the species

is indicated by the following observations : — Six nymphs of

Griotettix tricarinatus , Bol., from seven to seven and a half

millimeters in length, and having the pronotum extended back¬

wards nearly to the knees of the posterior femora, not only differ

from, the adult in the size of the body, but especially in the

character of the lateral lobes of the pronotum. In these nymphs

which are presumably in the stage before the last moult, the lateral

lobes are slightly laminate, but scarcely at all or very slightly

acute produced outwards, and are obliquely truncate behind.

From this it is inferred that the rather long spines arming the

lateral lobes in the adult do not appear until after the last ecdysis,

at which time the pronotal apex and wings, including the elytra,

coincidently attain their full development. That these spines of

the lateral lobes are of recent origin is shown by their variable

form in the adult, together with their absence or vestigial character

in the later nymph stage as before intimated. A study of the

denticles on the lower margins of the femora in Scelimena logani,

Hanc., on the other hand, leads me to think that these structures

must date back to a much more remote period, for they are present

in a well-developed condition in the nymphs of that species.

Faunal Resemblances.

Among other known facts accentuated by the present study

is the close similarity existing between the faunae of Ceylon,

Oriental India, Burma, the Philippines, and Java. It will

suffice here to refer only to one noteworthy species, Hedotettix

gracilis , De Hann., which ranges over the localities named. Fully

as important is the fact that certain genera and species as discussed

in the sequence are confined to the Island of Ceylon. Wallace

(1895) describes the “ Oriental region” as comprising all Asia, south

of the Palfearctic limits, and along with this the Malay Islands as

far as the Philippines, Borneo, and Java. It was called the Indian

region by Sclater, Before this Wallace (1876, pp. 326- 327), saw the

THE TETTTGIDyE OF CEYLON.

105

necessity of subdividing that part of the Oriental region, includ¬

ing Ceylon as a “Ceylonese” province which is set forth in the

following quotation: “The Island of Ceylon is characterized by

such striking peculiarities in its animal productions as to render

necessary its separation from the peninsula of India as a sub-region :

but it is found that most of these special features extend to the

Neilgherries and the whole southern mountainous portions of

India, and that the two must be united in any zoo-geographical

province. The main features of this subdivision are the appear¬

ance of numerous animals allied to forms only found again in the

Himalaya or in the Malayan sub-region, the possession of several

peculiar generic types, and an unusual number of peculiar species.”

It will be seen that my observations given above and those

further on relating to the geographical distribution of the Tetti-

gidse have a significant bearing in supporting both of these claims

made by Wallace.

Geographical Distribution.

The Tettigidse are by no means confined to any single portion

of the world, but are widely distributed. In Ceylon we infer

these insects are quite generally distributed, and some of the

genera occurring here have quite an extensive range passing the

borders into other countries as before intimated, while again some

genera are confined to the island. So far as our present knowledge

indicates the genera Dellonotus , Lamellitettix , and Apterotettix

are of this latter class, all being represented by single monotypic

species found in the Central Province. The genus Cladonotus

ranges to Japan, the Philippines, New Guinea or Papua, and within

Ceylon two species occur in the Central and Eastern Provinces.

Scelimena presents two species from the Central Province, and

like the preceding genus passes the borders of the island into Java,

Burma, and British India. With respect to Gavialidium two

species are found here in the Central Province. The range of

distribution of the genus extends to Celebes, the Philippines,

Burma, and New Guinea. A number of species have been

included by authors in the genus Griotettix which, in all probability,

do not belong there. For this reason the species appear to be

unusually numerous. The genus is here represented by only two

species. They are both found in the Central Province, while out¬

side of Ceylon, according to data at hand, it extends to Sumatra,

Celebes, New Guinea, Lower Burma, and Southern India. The

genus Acanthalobus , with its two species, occurs in the Central

and Western Province, in the region about Colombo. Loxilobus ,

with its two species is found in the Central Province, and may be

106

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

confined to the island. There are only two forms of Ceylonese

Tettix also found in the Central Province, although the range of

the genus is of very wide dispersal from such widely separated

places as Australia, Java, the Philippines, America, Europe, Africa.

Systolederus has but one species here, but the genus is distributed

in the Philippines, Celebes, Southern India, and Burma. Two

species of Euparatettix are found in the Northern Province at

Elephant Pass and Jaffna, as shown on the map, being also noted

in the Central and Western Provinces. The genus extends to

other Oriental points, such as Burma, Java, and the Philippines.

Paratettix is known by one species in the Island. Hedotettix

follows with three representatives from the Western and Central

Provinces, but the genus has an extensive range outside the Island,

having been recorded from Java, China, Philippines, Sumatra,

and even Africa. Of two species of Copiotettix recorded from

Ceylon there is no record of their local distribution. The genus

extends to Java, Australia, Africa, China, and the Philippines.

It may be well here to suggest that the cause of the restriction

of these insects to limited areas lies in the fact of their extreme

specialization. Those forms in which the power of flight is well

developed and which are aided by the wind factor in their disper¬

sal, and are thereby carried greater or lesser distances, might

easily survive in a new country under favourable conditions.

They usually have a slender or prolongate body, and they live in

the more open country. Some of the forms are evidently of great

antiquity while others are recent. The process of appreciable

divergence and formation of species is perceivable in some cases

and capable of demonstration, both by measurements and in the

appearance of subtile differences among individuals and groups

of individuals that the experienced eye can detect. The height

of one phase of specialization is reached in forms which resemble

the dead twigs or leaves among which they live. The insects

simulate these objects in shape, colour, and in the case of the leaf

resemblance even copying to a certain degree the veins or ribs.

This venation appears on the sides of the compressed pronotum.

With our limited knowledge of the group the provisional inference

reached is that the highly specialized genera like the apterous

Deltonotus living on the bed of the forest among the dead leaves

in the mountainous region has been isolated from a remote period.

Acknowledgments .

The present study is the outcome of the very generous action

of Mr, E* Ernest Green, Entomologist on His Majesty’s service in

Ceylon, in placing in my hands a collection of specimens which

THE TETTIGIDZB OF CEYLON.

107

he obtained principally during the season of 1903. In accordance

v/ith this plan the carefully preserved material comprising about

two hundred specimens was received in good condition and

formed the basis of this monograph. Not only is the author

indebted to Mr. Green for the collection, but also for notes

concerning the habitat of many of the species which he furnished

on request. Recourse was had to a small number of specimens

previously contributed to my collection by Prof. Ignacio Bolivar

of Spain and Mr. Malcolm Burr of England, to whom acknowledg¬

ment is here again tendered.

The admirable work of Bolivar (1887) forms the foundation of

our systematic knowledge of the Tettigidse. This “Essay”

embraced, among other valuable facts, a table of the classified

grouping of sections and genera which the student cf orthoptera

will find indispensable. In the interval or since the above-

mentioned work appeared, many interesting new species and

genera have been described in various publications. There is

need, therefore, of a complete revision, one that will not only

bring together the forms existing in the world, but moreover

meet the requirements and be treated from the recent biological

aspect of the subject.*

Enumeration of Genera and Species.

Subtribe I.—CLADONOT1N JE.

Genus Deltonotus , Hanc.

1. Deltonotus tectiformis, Hanc. (Plate I., figs. 2 -2a.)

Genus Cladonotus , De Sauss.

2. Cladonotus humbertianus, De Sauss.

3. Cladonotus latiramus, Hanc. (Plate I., figs. 1-la.)

Subtribe II. — .S' CELIMENINzti.

Genus Scelimena , Serv.

4. Scelimena gavialis, De Sauss. (Plate I., figs. 4-4 c.)

5. Scelimena logani, Hanc. (Plate I., figs. 5 -5c.)

Genus Gavialidium , De Sauss.

fi. Gavialidium croeodilus, De Sauss. (Plate II., figs. 11-11 b.)

7. Gavialidium alligator, De Sauss.

Genus Lamellitettix , Hanc.

8. Lamellitettix acutus, Hanc. (Plate II., figs. 6-6&.)

* Such a revision is contemplated by the present author if sufficient material

can be obtained to warrant the undertaking. For the contribution of specimens

from any part of the world the author will be most profoundly grateful.

Acknowledgment will be given in the work to those who thus extend their aid.

108

SPOLIA ZBYLANICA.

Genus Griotettix , Bol.

9, Criotettix tricarinatus, Bol. (Plate III., figs. 15-156.)

10. Criotettix spinilobus, Hanc. (Plate III., figs. 12-12 6.)

Genus Acanthalobus , Hanc.

11. Acanthalobus miliarius, Bol. (Plate I., figs. 8-8a.)

12. Acanthalobus cuneatus, Hanc.

Genus Loxilobus , Hanc.

13. Loxilobus acutus, Hanc. (Plate I., fig. 3, and Plate III.,

figs. 16-166.)

14 Loxilobus rugosus, Hanc. (Plate II., figs. 17-176.)

Subtribe III .—ME TR OD ORINAE.

Genus Systolederus , Bol.

15. Systolederus greeni, Bol. (Plate II., figs. 9-96.)

Genus Mcizarredia , Bol.

16. Mazarredia insularis, Bol. (Plate II., figs. 7-76.)

Genus Apterotettix , Hanc.

17. Apterotettix obtusus. (Plate HI., figs. 13-13 a.)

Subtribe IV. — TETTIGINAE.

Genus Tettix, Charp.

18. Tettix atypicalis, Hanc. (Plate III., figs. 14-146.)

19. Tettix atypicalis ceylonus, Hanc.

Genus Paratettix , Bol.

20. Paratettix variegatus, Bol.

Genus Euparatettix , Hanc.

21. Euparatettix parvus, Hanc.

22. Euparatettix personatus, Bol. (Plate II., figs. 10-106, and

Plate III., figs. 20-206.)

Genus Hedotettix , Bol.

23. Hedotettix gracilis, De Hann. (Plate III., figs. 19-196.)

24. Hedotettix gracilis abortus, Hanc.

25. Hedotettix attenuatus, Hanc. (Plate III., figs. 18-186.)

Genus Coptotettix, Bol.

26. Coptotettix fossulatus, Bol.

27. Coptotettix testaceus, Bol.

Key to Tribes and Genera.

A. — Facial costa widely forked forming a frontal scutellum.

1. — Subtribe GLADONOTINAE .

B. — Pronotum transversely acute tectiform, viewed in profile

dorsal margin of crest gently arcuate (Plate I., figs. 2-2 a.)

Deltonotus gen. nov. (p. Ill)

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

109

B. B. — Pronotum presenting a distinct ramose process ; body pro¬

vided with spiniform tubercles. (Plate I., figs. 1-la.)

Gen. Gladonotus , Sauss. (p. 112)

A.A. — Facial costa with the rami but little or moderately diver¬

gent or parallel or narrowly sulcate.

C. — Pronotum truncate in front, posterior angles of lateral lobes

more or less laminato-produced outwards, armed with a spine

or acute produced (with single exception I.).

D. — Posterior angles of lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly acute

produced, or armed with a spine ; posterior tibiae strongly

ampliate toward the apex, or when not dilated the margins

spinose (with single exception G).

II. — Subtribe SGELIMININ^E.

E. — -Posterior tibial margins strongly expanded, first articles of

posterior tarsi laterally dilated, much wider than the third

articles. (Plate I., figs. 5 -5c), Habits amphibious.

Gen. Scelimena , Serv. (p. 116)

K.E. — Posterior tibial margins slightly or moderately expanded.

F. — Vertex with the anterior carinulael aterally compresso-cutee.

G. — Pronotum distinctly flattened above, very rugose, marked by

numerous more or less distinct fossae or reticulations ; lateral

margins of posterior tibiae minutely serrulate, unarmed.

(Plate II., figs. 11-115.)

Gen. Gavialidium. De Sauss. (p. 122)

G. G. — Pronotum between the shoulders trigibbo-cristulate ; body

smaller, lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly strongly trian¬

gularly acute produced, spiniform ; antennae unusually long

and slender, articles distinctly elongate. (Plate II., figs.

6-66.)

Lamellitettix , gen. nov. (p. 125)

F.F. — Vertex with the frontal carinulae laterally not at all

compresso-acute.

H. — Body rather slender ; vertex distinctly narrower than one of

the eyes or subequal ; eyes very lightly elevated exserted ;

spine of lateral lobe distinct, directed subtransversely or bent

obliquely forward. (Plate III., figs. 15-155.)

Gen. Griotettix , Bol. (p. 128)

H.H. — Stature moderately robust ; dorsum of pronotum rugose

or rugulose ; eyes not at all elevated ; antenna? shorter ; spine

of lateral lobes distinctly obliquely directed backwards.

(Plate II., figs. 8-8a.)

AcanthalolniSy gen. nov. (p. 131)

110

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

I. — Facial frontal costa roundly produced before the eyes ; lateral

lobes of pronotum slightly acute subspiniform produced,

or obliquely obtuse. (Plate I., fig. 3.)

Loxilobus , gen. nov. (p. 134)

D.D. — Posterior angle of lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly

little produced, obliquely truncate behind, or, if not so,

the angle deflexed downward ; first and third articles of

posterior tarsi subequal in length.

III. — Subtribe METRODORINJE .

J. — Head distinctly compresso-elevated, vertex strongly narrower

than one of the eyes ; posterior ocelli situated on a plane

nearly with the lower border of the eyes. (Plate II., figs.

9-9/;.)

Gen. Systolederus , Bol. (p. 136)

J. J. — Head not compresso-elevated ; posterior angles of the lateral

lobes of pronotum distinctly truncate behind.

K. — Body with elytra and wings absent.

L. — Facial frontal costa distinctly produced before the eyes ; ver¬

tex in profile obtuse angulate ; pronotum granulate rugulose :

wings and elytra absent or barely vestigial. Plate III., figs.

13-13 a.)

Apterotettix , gen. nov. (p. 140)

K.K. — Body provided with elytra and wings.

M. — Median carina of pronotum undulate subserrulate ; vertex

with the anterior carinulse laterally compresso-acute, little

elevated. (Plate II., figs. 1-lb.)

Gen. Mazarredia , Bol. (p. 138)

C.C.— Pronotum truncate in front or scarcely obtuse angulate ;

posterior angle of lateral lobes turned down ; more or less

rounded, not at all obliquely truncate or spined ; third article

of posterior tarsi usually shorter than the first article.

IV. — Subtribe TE TTI GIN PE.

N. — Vertex wider or as wide as eye, viewed in profile more or less

angulate produced before the eyes. (Plate III., figs. 14-14&.)

Gen. Tettix , Charp. (p. 141)

N.N. — Vertex narrower than one of the eyes, the front margin

truncate, not at all produced before the eyes.

Gen. Paratettix , Bol. (p. 144)

THE TETTIGrIDiE OF CEYLON.

Ill

0.— Head appreciably exserted ; vertex elevated forward ; antero-

dorsal margin of pronotum not advanced to the eyes. (Plate

II., figs. io-m)

Euparatettix , gen. nov. (p. 145)

0.0. —Head not at all exserted ; facial frontal costa viewed in

profile more or less arcuate produced before the eyes, not

sinuate ; antennas inserted between the eyes. (Plate III.,

fig. 18.)

Gen. Hedotettix , Bol. (p. 148)

P. — Front margin of vertex imperfectly carinated, narrowed

forward.

Gen. Goptotettix , Bol. (p. 152)

I.— Subtribe CL A DON OTI NJE.

Deltonotus , gen. nov.

Plate I., figs. 2-2 a.

Body rather shiny, rugulose, punctate. Face broad, viewed in

profile scarcely oblique ; eyes triangular conico-rotundate, not

exserted. Antennae short, filiform, widely separated, inserted

below the eyes. Vertex obtuse angulate ; facial frontal costa

distinct above, strongly triangularly scutellate, advanced before

the eyes. Pronotum acute tectiform, subcompresso-cristate with

lateral surfaces flattened ; dorsal margin of crest above gently

arcuate, in profile anteriorly angulate produced, posteriorly

angulate, abbreviated ; median carina of pronotum distinctly

elevated. Femora entire, margins of posterior tibiae armed with

distinct spines ; first article of posterior tarsi fully twice the

length of the third.

Related somewhat to Piegotettix , Bol. (from the Philippines),

but it is readily distinguished from that genus by its much smaller

stature, the form of the pronotum and other characters as shown

by the figures and description. So far as known this genus is

confined to Ceylon and is monotypic.

1. — Deltonotus tectiformis , sp. nov.

Plate I., figs. 2-2 a.

Body small, somewhat shining, rugulose punctate. Vertex

nearly twice the breadth of one of the eyes, viewed in profile

obtuse angulate, considerably advanced before the eyes ; the

crown of head elevated above the eyes about one-third their

height and covered by the produced anterior margin of the

pronotum ; frontal costa strongly triangularly scutellate, furcate a

little above the middle of the eyes, the rami diverging substraight,

8(25)04 Q

112

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

lightly arcuate below, viewed in profile straight. Antennae short

filiform, penultimate article a little compresso-ampliate, inserted

below the eyes and separated nearly as widely apart as the eyes

appear in front at their upper inner margins. Eyes of moderate

size triangular conieo-rotundate, with distinct apices. Palpi

compressed apically. Pronotum minutely punctate, granulate,

subvenate-foliate ; dorsum lightly arcuate longitudinally, com¬

pressed, strongly tectiform, viewed from in front deltiform or

acute tectiform, with straight sides, anteriorly angulate produced

slightly extended beyond the head, antero-dorsal margins concave ;

the sides of dorsum rarely with faint elevated rugae or vein-like

markings, the process posteriorly subacute angulate abbreviated ;

median carina of pronotum elevated, cristate anteriorly more or

less provided with rows of minute translucent punctulations appre¬

ciable when viewed against the light ; infrascapular area below

the lateral carinae broad, inferior margin obliquely excised and

sharp, inferior sinus small, rather deep ; posterior angles of lateral

lobes rounded externally. Anterior femora entire, slender ;

middle femora entire carinate ; hind femora moderately broad,

superior carina posteriorly slightly elevated subserrulate ; first

articles of the posterior tarsi more than twice the length of the

third.

Length of body ?, 8*5-9 mm.; posterior femora 5*5-6 mm.;

pronot. 7*5-8 mm. j, Body 7*5 mm.; post. fern. 5 mm.; pronot.

7*5 mm.

Three females and two males from Pundalu-oya were taken by

E. E. Green in May, 1903, “ among fallen leaves under shade trees.”

Three nymphs (?) were also found at Hantane in March “ among

dead leaves on the ground in jungle.” Two of these larger young,

a male and female, appear in the last larval stage, while the

remaining one is in an earlier stage.

This interesting apterous species presents in the nymph a

shortened pronotum anteriorly leaving the head uncovered above,

which at first sight might cause it to be mistaken for the adult of

a different species.

Genus Gladonotus , De Saussure, 1860.

Plate I., fig1. 1.

Body provided with spiniform tubercles. Face slightly

oblique ; distance between the antennae greater than from the eyes ;

frontal scutelium concave, the rami subcompressed, a little

elevated, entire or dentate ; vertex nearly twice the breadth of

one of the eyes, subtruncate on either side with small tooth,

Pronotum strongly rugose, angulate in front, covering occiput,

THE TETTIGIDJE OF CEYLON.

13 H

posteriorly truncate, the apex not or scarcely reaching the apex

of femora : dorsum before the middle acutely tectiform often

produced in a ramose process. Elytra and wings absent. Femora

scabrous, carinse acute lobate ; anterior tibiae lineate, base

slightly ampliate ; genicular tooth of posterior femora strong,

acute ; posterior tibiae spinose and indistinctly serrulate ; first

and third articles of posterior tarsi subequal in length.

Gladonotus , De Saussure (1860, p. 478).

Clcidonotus , Bolivar (1887, p. 208).

Key to Cladonotus Species.

Pronotal ramus curved forward, frontal margin forming a

distinct semi-circle, posterior margin strongly oblique. (See

Bolivar, 1887, plate I., fig 10), humbertianus , Bol.

Pronotal ramus scarcely at all curved forward, frontal margin

little compresso-laminate, expanded above near the summit,

posterior margin vertical (plate I., fig 1), latiramus , Hanc.

2. — Gladonotus humbertianus , De Saussure.

Body black, small and stout. Head very short, vertical, large,

very irregular, granulate, and rugose. Eyes globose and far

apart. Vertex large, very short, retracted under the border of the

pronotum, anterior border transversely carinated, granulate, and

not advanced so far as the eyes, on either side terminating by a

small tooth directed upwards. Face vertical, rough, divided by a

bidentate carina above, the two rami between the antennae slightly

elevated, divergent, the space between concave, oval, excavate,

the facial carina below the median ocellus distinct. Pronotum

strongly rugose, dorsum strongly elevated forwards forming a

very acute toothed carina, the summit a little in advance of the

middle ; the crest elevated in a long ramose appendix having the

form of an apophysis, compressed, and laminate, ascending almost

as long as half the body, curved forwards] and terminating by a

three-spined and three-toothed truncature which is directed

towards the front, the apical produced margin presenting a large

spiniform bifurcation directed upwards ; the anterior border of

the appendix a little toothed, forming with the anterior pro¬

longation of the pronotum a half circle, the posterior border

having two angles, two or three spined ; anterior extremity of the

pronotum prolonged above the head in an acute angle, its crest

armed with four or five spines and terminating above the vertex

by a spine directed forwards; sides of pronotum rugose granulate

and tuberculate, the lateral lobes prolonged in the form of an

acute triangular tooth, the posterior border sometimes dentate :

114

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

pronotum posteriorly large, truncate at the extremity, extended

as far as the abdomen, and provided with two spines ; the base

presents two strong depressions between which the denticulate

dorsal crest disappears, surface smooth, somewhat arcuate *

median carina wanting or indistinct and strongly rugose, with two

transverse rugulse irregular and indistinct in form ; humeral

angles very distinct and strongly denticulate, the posterior border

slightly raised, lateral borders or infra-scapular area vertically

flattened, broad, and strongly punctate. Anal plates compressed

and triangular, acute at apex, and sloping below. Anterior legs

a little dilated, both borders two or tridentate ; posterior legs

enlarged strongly rugose the oblique tubercles becoming gradually

spinose, knees surmounted by a large triangular acute process and

preceded by a similar tooth, the external pagina furnished with

two or three long spines besides other smaller ones, the inferior

femoral border finely denticulate, spines of posterior tibiae large.

Elytra and wings absent.

Length of body <5, 8 mm.; pronot. 7 mm.; post. fern. 5 mm.;

pronotal ramus 3-4 mm.

Locality. Peradeniya and Trincomalee in Ceylon (De Saussure).

Gladonotus humbertianus , De Saussure (1860, p.478).

Gladonotus humbertianus, De Saussure, Bolivar (1887, p. 209,

plate I., fig. 10).

Gladonotus humbertianus , Sharp (1895, p. 301, fig. 1805 copied

from Bolivar).

The above description is adapted from De Saussure, who states

that this species lives upon the sand in the meadows in the hot

region of Ceylon, and he further adds that the spines, tubercles,

apophyses, and even the ramose appendix of the pronotum, vary

much in form and size ; the former being often absent in many

parts.

3 .—Gladonotus latiramus , sp. nov.

Plate I., figs. 1-1#.

Resembling the preceding species. Body small, stout, fuscous,

strongly rugose spinose. Vertex rugose, equal to about twice the

breadth of one of the eyes, scarcely narrowed toward the front,

not advanced quite so far as the eyes, in front indistinctly trans¬

versely carinate, minutely subdenticulate, on either side outwards

next to eye provided with a small tooth. Eyes viewed in profile

globose, viewed in front a little triangularly laterally exserted.

Face vertical, between the eyes widely depressed ; facial frontal

costa above at the vertex little minutely subdenticulate, presenting

between the upper third of the eyes a small tooth, another tooth

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

115

appearing on a plane little below the middle of the eyes ; the

rami of scutellum widely arcuately divergent, in profile between

the antennae compresso-protuberant but flattened ; the median

carina of face below distinct. Antennae slender, filiform, articles

elongate inserted far below the eyes but separated apart a distance

little wider than from the eyes. Pronotum rugose, in front

acute spinose produced over the head, compresso-tectiform, armed

with teeth, forming the anterior basal portion of the pronotal

ramus ; dorsum of pronotum anteriorly before the shoulders

elevated into a nearly vertically produced quadricarinate ramus,

about four millimeters in height, slightly expanded forward toward

the upper extremity, the posterior border transversely widened by

the presence of two strong supernumerary carinae, running the

entire length, compressed, viewed from behind irregularly serrate ;

ramus near the base slightly constricted, anterior margin in profile

below presents a concavity and armed with spines and little

crateriform elevations, upper anterior part sub-convexo-angulate,

presenting four small teeth which mark the terminations of short

oblique distinct, but alternately placed veins or rugae, the short

margin of summit above incurved ; posterior ramosal margin

vertical, viewed from behind the large compresso-lateral

irregularly serrate carinae conspicuous ; median ramosal carina

behind becoming distinct below as it descends backwards to form

the base, here it is slightly elevated, sloping backwards, irregu¬

larly minutely multispinose ; dorsum of pronotum anteriorly

slightly compressed, laterally sloping but deeply sulcate, anterior

prozonal carina absent ; below base of ramus on either side of the

ascending vertical carinae fossulate, behind the shoulders trans¬

versely fossulate ; pronotum lightly narrowed posteriorly, ex¬

tended backwards little beyond the middle of hind femora,

distinctly truncate behind, emarginate-carinate, minutely crenu-

late-dentate, on either side at the apical angles armed with a small

tooth, dorsal surface between the carinae punctate and traversed

by transverse W-shaped rugae ; infra-scapular area broad high, and

slightly arched above, laterally flattened, rugose granulate,

narrowed posteriorly, prolonged around but below the apical mar¬

ginal carinae ; posterior angle of lateral lobes of pronotum widely

obliquely produced downwards, distinctly angulate, obliquely

truncate behind, serrate, the outer margins serrulate. Anterior

femora compressed, upper margin provided with two small serrate

lobes, the inferior margin armed with three distinct acute lobes,

their margins serrate, the apical margin armed with a small tooth ;

middle femora not quite so compressed, armed above with two

small serrate lobes, besides being distinctly spined at the apex,

116

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

below with three acute lobes increasing in size toward the extre¬

mity, the lower carina at the apex acute ; posterior femora robust,

rugose, armed with spines, the superior margin arcuate, denticu¬

late, posteriorly armed with a strong triangular genicular spine, a

similar one just preceding but not quite so acute ; knee outwardly

armed with two apical teeth, transverse ridges of external pagina

with one small and two large spines, the latter having strong bases,

the inferior margins crenate-dentate ; posterior tibial margins

serrulate, armed with strong spines, the inner spines interrupted

near the apex, the outer spines, above five, scattered ; first and

third articles of posterior tarsi subequal in length, the first and

second pulvilli acute.

Length of body 9 mm.; post. fern. 4-75 mm.

A single male from Kandy taken by Mr. Green “ on bungalow

wall ” in August, 1903.

An excellent figure of Cladonotus humbertianus , De Saussure,

given by Bolivar (1887, plate I., fig. 10), drawn from the type offers

an opportunity of comparing the species with the figure of this

interesting species. The main difference lies in the form of the

pronotal ramus, which is well characterized as before-mentioned

in the key to the species.

II.— Subtribe SCELM ENIN/E.

Gen. Scelimena , Serv., 1839.

Plate I., figs. 5-5 c.

Body sparsely granulate. Face moderately declivous ; antennae

inserted distinctly below and in advance of the lower margin of

the eyes ; superior ocelli situated scarcely in front of the eyes ;

frontal costa moderately divergent, compresso-elevated between

the antennas. Vertex with an oblique car inula on each side. Eyes

moderately exserted, higher than the vertex. Pronotum with the

dorsum depressed ; posterior angles of the lateral lobes armed

with an acute spine directed outwards. Elytra oblong ; wings

perfectly explicate extending nearly to the pronotal apex. Femora

narrow ; the posterior femora more or less lobate ; posterior-

tibiae strongly ampliate towards the apex, margins laminate, inter¬

nal margin unarmed, external margin often furnished with small

denticles ; first article of posterior tarsi laterally expanded.

Members of this genus are amphibious in their habits as pre¬

viously described.

Scelimena , Serville (1839).

Scelimena , Bolivar (1887, p. 215).

Seely mena, De Sauss. (1860, p. 480).

Tettix, Stal (1875, p. 150).

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

117

Key to Scelimena Species.

Vertex of head strongly narrowed towards the front, small

frontal carinulse distinctly obliquely convergent, angulate :

posterior angle of lateral lobes of pronotum armed with one

strong spine ; femoral margins below armed with more or less

reduced teeth ; body, usually shining black, mingled with light

granules, margined with red (plate I., fig. 4) ; gavialis , De Sauss.

Vertex sensibly wider, the frontal carinula? oblique, but the

front margin more sub truncate ; lateral lobes of pronotum

laminato-bidentate ; apex of pronotal process bispiniform ; both

margins of anterior femora, the lower margins of middle and

posterior femora armed with strong teeth : body usually grayish

flavous mottled with fuscous, teeth and margins often yellowish.

(Plate I., fig. 5) ; logani , sp. nov.

4. — Scelimena gavialis , De Saussure.

Plate I., fig’s. 4-4 c.

Body moderately large, long attenuate posteriorly. Face

sensibly retreating ; eyes globose, slightly prominent but drawn

near together. Vertex depressed, strongly narrowed toward the

front, not advanced quite so far as the eyes, the anterior half

distinctly sloping forward and on either side longitudinally

fossulate ; the small elevated oblique carinulae conspicuous from

above, but hidden in profile by the eyes, converging forward so as

to form a very narrow angulate anterior border, between the

eyes slightly interrupted by the forward sloping of the slightly

conspicuous median carina, the latter very little projects in front

extending backwards half the length of the vertex. Facial frontal

costa above between the eyes distinct, but not advanced here quite

so far as the eyes, precipitately sloping forward, between the

antennae roundly protuberant, the rami narrowly divergent to the

median ocellus, median facial carina below distinctly reduced ;

posterior ocelli conspicuous in profile, situated barely in front and

on a plane with the lower third of the eyes. Antennae from four

to four and three-quarter millimeters in length, filiform, middle

articles strongly elongate, the first basal article flattened, the

second small and globular ; inserted below the eyes and in a

vertical plane scarcely behind their anterior borders. Palpi very

little compressed apically. Pronotum some what shining densely

granulate, truncate in front, long attenuate acute posteriorly,

subhorizontal or very slightly upturned toward the apex ; dorsum

flattened, between the shoulders transversely very lightly irregu¬

larly subconvex, the breadth from three and three-quarters to five

118

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

millimeters ; between the lateral carinse presenting three pairs

of lightly elevated, ill-defined protuberances of nearly equal

distance apart ; the first pair between the shoulders often sur¬

mounted by very thin variable short longitudinal supernumerary

carinula, substraight ; the second somewhat smaller pair, in pro¬

file, little elevated, situated in a plane drawn just behind the

elytra, sometimes presenting obscure or short line on the summits;

the third pair often inconspicuous, appear at about an equal distance

behind ; between the frontal portion of the shoulders anteriorly,

and behind each of the first and second pairs of dorsal protu¬

berances slightly f ossulate ; median carina of pr onotum slightly con¬

spicuous very slightly elevated, irregularly undulate, posteriorly

straight, obliterated forward just behind the front margin, some¬

times a very little compresso-elevated in front and between the

shoulders ; humeral angles strongly obtuse, the lateral posterior

apical carinse often continued forward on the shoulders as a

supernumerary enclosing a narrow scapular area ; above the

infra-scapular area the shoulders being lightly bi carinate on each

side ; anterior prozonal carinae short straight, distinctly reduced

but not obsolete ; infra-scapular area narrow above the elytra,

subsulcate ; lateral apical carinse posteriorly subobliterated, apex

slightly obtuse or barely bifurcate ; posterior angle of lateral

lobes of pronotum armed with one strong curved spine directed

outward and forward nearly transverse ; lateral lobes divided by

a distinct median sulcus ; the fronto-lateral margins of pronotum

slightly enlarged, turned outward subtuberculate ; lateral lobes

posteriorly bisinuate, the elytral sinus shallow, the inferior sinus

deeply angularly excavate, the posterior angle behind obliquely

truncate. Elytra oblong acuminate toward the apex ; wings well

developed though largely concealed by the pronotum, not extended

backwards quite so far as the apex of process. Anterior femora

slender a little compressed, ampliate toward the base, inferior

marginal carina provided with two more or less variable tubercles

or teeth ; middle femora slender, externally carinate above, but

just below the superior marginal carina, margin below armed

with two teeth ; posterior femora of moderate size granulate,

superior marginal carina lightlya rcuate, crenulate, near the apex

provided with two obscure ante-genicular teeth, genicular spine

slightly prominent, inferior marginal carina armed with three or

four more or less distinct teeth, the one behind the middle being

conspicuous acute, directed backwards ; posterior tibial margins

strongly expanded laterally, minutely crenulate, internal margin

unarmed, external margin sometimes with one to five scarcely

perceptible minute spines, lateral margins of first article of

THE TETTIGTDiE OF CEYLON.

119

posterior tarsi strongly dilated, first article distinctly longer than

the third, first and second pulvilli equal in length, acute, the third

a little longer. Colour shining black mingled with light granula¬

tions. The anterior borders of pronotum, the lateral lobes with

their spines, the sides above the elytra, the apex of pronotal

process, the spines on femoral margins, portions of the face and

palpi are all beautiful coral vermillion, or rose tinted ; the under

parts of body being marbled somewhat lighter.

The following measures in millimeters show the range of

variations in eight females and six males : — -

De Saussure gives the following measurements : ?, Length of

body 26 mm. ; pronotum 25 mm. ; width of pronotum. at shoulders

5 mm. ; post. fern. 9 mm. <5, Length of body 23*5 mm. ; pronotum

22*3 mm. ; width of pronot. at shoulders 4 mm, ; post, femora

7*7 mm.

Locality, Peradeniya ; October and November (De Saussure).

Of the above tabulated specimens one female, Dambulla, October,

“from margin of tank two females, Maskeliya, November and

February ; five females and four males, Pundalu-oya, March, were

taken “from rocks in mountain streams; when disturbed,

either takes wing, or dives under water and remains submerged

for some time ; larva in similar situations.” Two more males and

several nymphs were taken in June from the same locality.

The young, even in the early stages, are easily distinguished

from Scelimena logani , the next allied species, by the narrower

vertex, the smoother body, and absence of very distinct teeth on

the lower margins of femora. The adults furthermore differ from

8(25)04 R

120

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

logctni in the following particulars, namely, by the more shining

black, densely granulate pronotum; the distinct red border

markings ; the stronger narrowing of vertex of head ; in the

presence of but one curved spine, arming the lateral lobes ; the

more slender femora ; the teeth of lower margin of femora, but

lightly developed ; lateral margins of posterior tibiae less appre¬

ciably dilated.

Scelimenct gavialis De Saussure (1860, p. 485).

Not Scelimena hccrpago , Serv. Bolivar (1887, p. 217).

5. — Scelimena logani , sp* nov.

Plate I., figs. 5-5 c.

Allied to Scelimena gavialis , De Saussure. Body moderately

large, granulate* long extended posteriorly attenuate acute. Face

retreating ; eyes subglobose, little exserted. Vertex narrowed

toward the front, much narrower than eye, but wider than in

gavialis , depressed and declined forward, the anterior half lightly

longitudinally canaliculate on either side, frontal margin subtrun¬

cate not advanced quite so far as the eyes, the short oblique

frontal carinulse converging forward, little bent inward at the

front margin, interrupted by the slightly conspicuous median

carina of vertex. Frontal costa roundly protuberant between the

antennae, moderately sulcate, the rami diverging forward sub¬

straight, above between the eyes distinct but not advanced.

Posterior ocelli conspicuous in profile before the lower angle of

the eye. Antennae filiform, inserted below the eyes and in a

vertical plane scarcely behind their anterior borders ; palpi little

compressed apically. Pronotum granulate, not shining as in the

preceding species gavialis , but presenting in a similar way, a

truncate frontal margin, and three pairs of dorsal protuberances,

with more distinct little longitudinal supernumerary carinulae

surmounting each summit ; often these lines become to a certain

degree furcate, sending out minute secondary carinulae, the secQnd

pair outwardly coalescing with the lateral carinse ; dorsum at the

shoulders bicarinate enclosing a narrow scapular area ; the anterior

prozonal carinae short, little subdiverging backward ; the fronto-

lateral margins not at all enlarged or appreciably tuberculate ;

extreme apex of pronotal process bispinose acute ; inferior margins

of lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly slightly dilated, a little

before the posterior angle provided with a tooth, besides the

posterior angle of lateral lobe armed with a strong produced

spine curved little forward acute, posteriorly obliquely truncate,

serrulate. Elytra oblong acuminate apically ; wings extended

nearly or about to the pronotal apex. Anterior femora granulate,

little compresso-ampliate, superior margin cut by two distinct

THE TETTIGIDiE OP CEYLON.

121

serrations, margin below with two distinct teeth d ividing the entire

length into thirds ; middle femora slender, above subsulcate-

carinate barely snbsinnate, the second distinct carina taking a

parallel course above, inferior marginal carina armed with two

strong teeth, the second at the distal third often longer spinose,

subacute, directed backward ; posterior femoral margin above

serrulate, with two distinct antegenicular serrations, genicular

spine somewhat strongly developed, inferior margin strongly

armed with variable teeth or spines, from five to six in female, the

second tooth before the knee often largest triangular acute, its

posterior border sometimes serrulate at base, the antegenicular

tooth often longer produced or more slender, or subspiniform acute ;

posterior tibial margins strongly expanded laterally, minutely

crenulate, the inner margin unarmed, the external margin provided

with about five scarcely discernible obsolete spines ; first article

of posterior tarsi with the lateral margins widely laminately

expanded minutely crenulate, first article longer than the second,

the first and second pul villi small, acute, the third little longer.

Colour grayish or yellowish infuscated, anterior margins of

pronotum and lateral lobes and the teeth of femora dusky yellow.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Two females and five males taken at Kandy, Mahaweli-ganga

in January, one in June, with a number of nymphs.

“ Aquatic ; on rocks.” A single male “ from rocky stream ”

was taken at Haragama in January by Mr. E. Ernest Green.

Judging from the foregoing this species has aquatic habits

similar to those of Scelimena gavialis , De Sauss., and this supposi-

tion is borne out by the structure of the posterior legs, which, are

widely laminate expanded at the lateral margins of the tibiae and

first joint of the posterior tarsi, being in this particular even little

more specialized than in gavialis.

122

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

A young specimen taken in January, which is apparently in the

last pupa stage, just preceding the imago, has the dorsum of pro-

notum rough, provided with protuberances ; the median carina of

pronotum a little accentuated and distinctly sinuate, little arcuate

posteriorly ; the apical process terminating acutely. The lateral

lobes of pronotum at the inferior margins outwardly qonvex, the

posterior angle being unarmed, having neither tubercle or spine,

but distinctly angulate.

I am not sure but De Saussure (1860, p. 486), included this species

as a variety of Scelimena gavialis , where he states : “ Variat

pronoti lateribus bispinosis vel femoribus posticis submuticis,”

and moreover where he says : (p. 487) “ Un autre, qui est plus

fortement peint de rouge, a une seconde petite epine aux lobes

lateraux du prothorax, etune ou deux dents auxbords superieurs

des cuisses anterieures ; les dents des bords inferieurs sont aussi

plus fortes.” No red colouring whatever appears on any of the

eight specimens I have recorded above though present in all the

gavialis specimens.

This species is dedicated to Mr. F. G. Logan of Chicago in token

of his patronage of Art and Science.

Gen. Gavialidium, De Sauss., 1860.

Plate I., figs. 11-1 1 &.

Differing from Scelimena , Serv., as follows : posterior angles of

the lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly laminato-expanded, one

or tridentate, rarely widely truncate. Femora compressed, superior

and inferior carinse more or less lobate ; margins of posterior

tibiae compressed, almost unarmed or provided with minute

denticles on the exterior margins ; first articles of posterior tarsi

flattened above, but the margins obtuse not laminato-produced.

Tettix, pars, Stal.

Seely mena (< gavialidium ), De Saussure (1860, p. 481).

Gavialidium , Bolivar (1887, p. 218).

Key to Gavialidium Species.

Body moderately large, distinctly flattened above, prolonged

backwards, upturned at the apex of pronotal process ; dorsum

posteriorly rugose granulate reticulate ; facial frontal carina below

the median ocellus obliterated. (Plate II., figs. 11-1 1&.)

crocodilus , De Saussure.

Body smaller, rougher, process abbreviated ; lateral lobes of

pronotum trilobate ; carinse barely crenulate ; median carina ele¬

vated undulate, suberistate ; occiput without tubercles ; facial

carina below the median ocellus distinct ; pronotal process with

four oblique strongly rugose elevated tubercles

alligator , De Saussure.

THE TET'TIGTD^ OF CEYLON.

123

6. — Gavialidium crocodilus , Sauss.

Plate II., figs. 11-11&.

Body strongly rugose, reticulate, granulate, cribriform. Head

small, rugose granulate. Eyes small, globose little exserted, pos¬

terior ocelli conspicuous in profile little before the anterior inferior

angle of the eye. Vertex nearly horizontal, strongly wider than

eye, not appreciably narrowed, not advanced quite so far as the

eyes, the front margin truncate, the middle imperfectly carinate

outwardly on each side compresso-elevated acute, little higher

than the eyes, occiput rugose. Face retreating, the facial frontal

costa above between the eyes reduced obsolete not advanced,

in profile between the antennae strongly roundly protuberant,

the rami rather widely separated, divergent forward substraight,

carina below the median ocellus obliterated.' Antennae filiform

very slender, articles elongate, inserted below the eyes a distance

equal to half their height, on a vertical plane little in advance of

the anterior border of eyes. Pronotum truncate in front but the

dorsal front margin subtrituberculate, strongly prolonged back¬

ward attenuate acute, elevated at the apex ; dorsum strongly

flattened above, rugose, reticulate cribriform excoriate ; median

carina of pronotum moderately distinct, but interrupted between

the shoulders by a fossa ; just before the fossa little compresso-

elevated crenulate ; the little crest cut by an excavation dividing

off a small, but distinct crenate tubercle anteriorly ; just behind the

dorsal front margin reduced, crenulate, posteriorly behind the

shoulders very slightly unevenly elevated, rugose-sinuate granu¬

late, on the apical process subobsolete ; lateral carinse elevated, pos¬

teriorly convergent nearly straight, crenulate ; the humeral angles

armed with a small denticle and another minute denticle before

the shoulders ; midway between the anterior border of pronotum

and humeral angle incised by a very deep vertical sulcus ; prozonal

carinse short conspicuous crenulate, little subdivergent backwards,

in front terminating in little acute tubercle ; humeral angles of

pronotum strongly obtuse little outwardly produced ; dorsum an¬

teriorly on either side of small median crest fossulate, between

the shoulders provided with little reticulate crenate protuberances;

two more lightly elevated rough reticulations appear posteriorly on

each side between the carinse ; lateral lobes with the anterior

angle dentate, the inferior margin outwardly widely and some¬

what roundly laminate crenate, tricuspidate or armed with two

distinct teeth, rarely with a small one anteriorly, the posterior

angle acute subdentate, behind suboblique truncate ; infra scapular

area rather high, the humero-apical carina obscured, sides of

apical process high, vertically flattened precipitous ; elytral sinus

124

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

small, the inferior sinus large and angularly excavate. Elytra very

small, lanceolate ; wings not reaching to the pronotal apex, very

largely concealed. Anterior femoral margins above armed with

three strong teeth, minutely serrate, at the base often presenting

small, secondary denticles, below strongly bi- or tri-dentate-lobate;

middle femora not so compressed, margin above triserrate the first

two teeth distinct acute, the third smaller, below strongly biden-

tate acute or subspinose ; posterior femora narrowed behind, the

knee small, femoral margins crenate above arcuate anteriorly,

straight posteriorly, presenting two distinct obtuse teeth, lower

margin provided with one obscure denticle ; tibial margins not

appreciably dilated, serrulate unarmed ; first article of posterior

tarsi very slender little lower than the third, the first pulvillus

small acute, widely separated from the second, the second small

acute, the third flat below. There are marked variations in the

size and arrangement of the teeth of the femora which may be

more or less deficient or strongly developed, being sometimes

lobuliform, spiniform, or dentiform. The teeth moreover differ

on one side from those of the opposite side and in one sex from

the other. A correlation is shown in a similar tendency of the

teeth to vary on the inferior margin of the lateral lobes of the

pronotum, where the second tooth is more often spiniform, or some¬

times the margins are distinctly tridentate ; the anterior lateral

margins not infrequently present one or two additional tubercles.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Five females and two males taken in March, April, and June,

Pundalu-oya, “ from rocks over which oozy water trickles ; insect

seldom actually wet ; very sluggish, seldom takes wing.” E. E.

Green. Numerous larvae in various stages. Kadugannawa (De

Saussure).

Seely mena crocodilus , De Saussure (1860, p. 481).

Gavialidium crocodilus , Bolivar (1887, p. 219).

De Saussure (1860, p. 483), gives the following dimensions :

?, Length of body 23*5 mm. ; pronot. 22 mm. ; width of shoulders

4*6 mm. ; post. fern. 7*3 mm. ; 6, Length of body 19 mm. ; pronot.

18*5 mm. ; breadth of shoulders 3’5 mm. ; post. fern. 6*2 mm.

THE TETTIGIDJ3 OF CEYLON

125

7. — Gavialidium alligator , Sauss.

Very similar to crocodilus but smaller. Vertex similar, like¬

wise presenting an acute tooth on each side next to the eyes, but

the occiput deprived of tubercles. Facial carina distinct below

the median ocellus. Pronotum having the same form, similar

angles but more rugose, and less flattened above owing to the

median carina being more elevated, continuous throughout as far

as the apex of the process, the latter abbreviated ; the median

carina strongly undulate, lobed, rugose in the first half or even

beyond ; the small anterior prozonal carinae parallel strongly

elevated, but little or not at all crenulate ; humeral angles armed

with a tubercle ; the lateral carinse before the shoulders very

distinct, and suddenly interrupted by the posterior sulcus ; the

lateral borders of process very acute, cariniform, but not denti¬

culate ; lateral lobes of pronotum strongly rugose tuberculate,

terminating by three equal lobules ; surface of process very rugose,

presenting four oblique tubercles in the form of elevated ridges,

but the lateral margins less distinct than in G. crocodilus . Pos¬

terior femora less dentate and stouter, showing moreover on the

external pagina a small tubercle. Length of pronotum <$, 19 mm.;

breadth of shoulders 3 mm.; post. fern. 5*4 mm.

Locality, Ceylon (De Saussure).

Scelymena Q gavialidium ) alligator , De Saussure (1860, p. 483).

Gavialidium alligator , Bol. (1887, p. 219).

Lamellitettix , gen. nov.

Plate II., figs. 6-6&.

Related to Mazarredia, Bolivar. Body flattened above, rugose

gibbocristate, tuberculate granulate. Head little elevated, face

very slightly retreating, the frontal contour in profile sinuate.

Vertex subtruncate in front, viewed in front strongly concave,

viewed from above slightly wider than eye but not so far advanced,

little frontal carinulae outwardly compresso-elevated acute.

Frontal costa above between the eyes not advanced, distinctly

protuberant between the antennae, viewed from in front narrowly

sulcate, the rami little divergent substraight. Eyes globose

conspicuously exserted. Antennae unusually long slender filiform,

articles strongly elongate, inserted just below the eyes, but scarcely

behind a vertical plane with their anterior borders ; posterior

ocelli situated between the lower third of the eyes, subobscured

in profile by the eyes, viewed in front very evident. Pronotum in

front truncate, posteriorly extended scarcely beyond the wings

acute, dorsum above flattened, anteriorly constricted ; humeral

angles distinct carinate, produced very slightly outwards, lightly

depressed ; lateral lobes of pronotum with distinct sulcations,

126

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

posterior angle strongly triangularly laminate produced outwards,

acute subspiniform, posteriorly subobliquely truncate. Elytra

oblong ; wings explicate. Anterior femora slender entire ; middle

femora slender margins above subundulate below entire, exter¬

nally bicarinate ; posterior femora rather slender the external

pagina provided with oblique rugulse above with rounded tubercles,

margins serrulate, above before the knee acute, at the apex of

femora armed with a large acute genicular spine ; posterior tibial

margins serrulate lightly compressed, armed with small feeble

spines ; first and third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length,

pulvilli flat below. Ovipositor unusually long, the blades slender

strongly denticulate.*

8 . — Lamellitettix acutus , sp. nov.

Plate II., figs. 6-6&.

Body of medium size ; pronotum flattened above gibbocristu-

late, rather stout between the shoulders, rugose tuberculate granu¬

late. Head slightly retreating, short, little elevated. Eyes of

moderate size distinctly globose, prominently exserted. Vertex

viewed from above little wider than one of the eyes, hardly

subnarrowed depressed towards the front, lateral margins lightly

sinuate widened posteriorly, frontal margin subtruncate, viewed

in front roundly concave, viewed from above not advanced so far

as the eyes, little carinulae on each side outwardly distinctly

rounded compresso-elevated acute, not visible in profile ; at the

lateral margins just behind the fronto-lateral carinulse presenting

minute supraocular lobes ; median carina of vertex appreciably

distinct though reduced, roundly sloping forward ; between the

eyes little fossulate on each side, backward terminating by very

light occipital rugose protuberances. Facial frontal costa above

between the eyes not at all advanced, between the antennae

distinctly roundly protuberant, viewed in front narrowly sulcate,

the rami slightly divergent substraight, facial carina distinct, in

profile lightly excavate just below the median ocellus. Superior

ocelli situated between the lower third of eyes, in profile almost

obscured by the eyes. Antennae filiform unusually long slender,

articles strongly elongate, inserted just below the eyes but scarcely

behind a vertical plane with their anterior borders. Pronotum

truncate in front, posteriorly strongly extended beyond the knee

of posterior femora acute, slightly passing the wings at the apex ;

dorsum between the shoulders rather broad trigibbocristate,

humeral angles distinct outwardly subproduced little depressed ;

* This genus has certain characters common to the Metrodorinas : for instance,

it has the length of the first and third articles of the posterior tarsi equal, but the

strongly triangularly laminate produced posterior angles of the lateral lobes of

pronotum lead one to place it with the ScelimeninEe.

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

127

median carina of pronotum strongly interrupted cristate undulate,

just behind the humeral angles compresso-elevated gibbocristate

the summit slightly flattened ; just in front o‘f the crest slightly

convexo-elevated, just behind the antero-dorsal margin subobli¬

terated, between the anterior sulci strongly depressed ; backward

just behind the crest the median carina distinctly depressed,

posteriorly undulate, with three separated compresso-elevated

obtuse tubercles ; about four or five smaller tubercles gradually

becoming obsolete backward toward the apex ; on either side of

the median anterior gibbose-crest and situated little forward

between the humeral angles the dorsum distinctly compresso-

elevated gibbocristulate, in profile convexly sloping forward,

behind obliquely excised, the summit viewed from above with

a short supernumerary subdiverging carinula ; the lateral dorsal

carinae distinct little elevated prolonged forward inside to or little

beyond the humeral angles as secondary carinulae, behind the

shoulders over the elytra distinctly sulcatebicarinate; antehumeral

carinae distinct ; anterior prozonal carinae short, distinctly

compresso-elevated crenulate ; dorsum in front of the shoulders

subfossulate, behind the shoulders strongly flattened on each side

with a slightly oblique elevated tubercle, posteriorly rugose,

granulate, subtuberculate ; infra-scapular area of moderate height,

above subbicarinate, little arcuate scarcely subnarrowed forward,

attenuated behind ; lateral lobes of pronotum distinctly trisulcate,

the anterior sulcus continuous above on the dorsum forming

a strong constriction ; posterior or elytral sinus shallow, the

inferior sinus largely angularly excised ; posterior angle of

lateral lobes strongly outwardly laminate, triangularly acute

produced spiniform, posteriorly subobliquely truncate. Elytra

oblong subobtuse apically ; wings well developed not quite

reaching to the apex of frontal process. Anterior femora slender

entire ; middle femora slender margins subundulate, externally

bicarinate ; posterior femora rather slender, external pagina

provided with strong oblique rugulae, above with round tubercles,

margins serrulate, anterior half above subflattened provided with

a small antegenicular acute tooth, apex of femora above armed

with a large strong, acute, genicular spine ; posterior tibial margins

serrulate, lightly compressed, armed with about five or six small

spines, absent on the internal margin near the apex ; first and

third articles of posterior tarsi equal in length, pulvilli flat below.

Ovipositor unusu ally long the blades slender strongly denticulate.

Length of body ?, 14*3 mm. ; pronot. 13*4 mm. ; breadth of

shoulders 3*5 mm. ; elytra 1*8 mm. ; post, femora 7 mm. ; antennae

5*2 mm. ; pronot. + wings *1 mm.

8(25)04 h

128

SPOLIA ZEYLANTCA.

Locality, Maskeliya, Ceylon.

One female taken “from stem of tree in thick jungle, March.1’

E. Ernest Green.

Gen. Griotettix , Bolivar.

Plate III., figs. 15-15&.

Body granulate, elongate. Vertex viewed from in front rarely

lower than the eyes, above horizontal or towards the front ele¬

vated. Frontal costa just behind the antennae not sinuate ; palpi

subcylindrical, same colour. Antennae inserted barely in front of

the eyes. Pronotum truncate in front, posteriorly long subulate,

very rarely abbreviated ; dorsum depressed, humeral angles obtuse;

posterior angles of lateral lobes outwardly laminate acute rather

long spinose. Elytra oblong ; wings perfectly explicate. Pro¬

sternum reflexed, anteriorly widely sinuate. Anterior femora

narrow, carinae entire ; femoral teeth and knee of posterior femora

small ; posterior tibiae towards the apex moderately ampliate,

canthus compressed, spinose ; first articles of posterior tarsi above

flattened distinctly longer yet narrower than the third, linear.*

Griotettix , Bolivar (1887, p. 222).

Key to Species of Criotettix.

Vertex strongly narrower than eye ; pronotum granulate ; face

strongly retreating ; spine of lateral lobe usually directed sub-

obliquely backward. Plate III., figs. 15-1 55, tricarinatus , Bol.

Vertex subequal in width to eye ; pronotum subrugose granu¬

late ; frontal costa protuberant between the antennae ; spine of

lateral lobe usually directed transversely or little bent subobli-

quely forward. Plate III., figs. 12-125, spinilobus , sp. nov.

9. — Griotettix tricarinatus , Bolivar.

Plate III., figs. 15-15&.

Pale gray, fusco-variegated. Vertex strongly narrower than eye,

middle carinate, either side in front with elevated curved carinula.

Pronotum. with dorsum obtuse tectiform, median carina per-

current, elevated ; between the shoulders with two parallel

supernumerary carinulae, abbreviated forward and backward ;

posterior process long subulate ; lateral lobes provided with a

rather long acute spine. Elytra short ovate, apex rounded.

Femoral carinae granulate not at all lobate ; posterior femora

externally longitudinally striped with fuscous ; tibiae fusco-

annulate ; first article of posterior tarsi with the apices of the

two basal pulvilli acute spinose.

Length of body ?, 7-8*5 mm. ; pronot. 10*5-1 2*5 mm. ; post,

fern. 5-6 mm. (Bolivar.)

* To this genus belong such species as C. exsertus, Bol., C. tricarinatus. Bol..

C. indicus , Bol., and C. oculatus , Bolivar, &c.

THE TETTIGrlDAE OF CEYLON.

129

Griotettix tricarinatus , Bolivar (1887, p. 224).

Griotettix tricarinatus , Bolivar (1902, p. 583 ; Kodiakanal,

South India).

I am indebted to Professor Bolivar for a pair of this graceful

species. The labels bear the single designation, Ceylon. My

collection, moreover, contains two males from Pundalu-oy a, Ceylon,

which were kindly contributed by Malcolm Burr. A large series

from E. Ernest Green, comprising sixty-nine specimens from

Kandy, were collected in January; forty of them were in preser¬

vative solution. They were collected “ on the banks of river.” A

singlefemale, also taken in January, was “ caught on railway bank”

at Kadugannawa ; while a pair is represented from Peradeniya,

taken “ from grass land ” in May.

There were nearly twice as many males as females represented.

This species is exceedingly variable in colour, being f requently

light grayish infuscated or maculate on the pronotum, the

posterior femora often being mottled with fuscous.

The following measurements of six specimens of each sex show

in a certain degree the range of the variations : —

Measurements in Millimeters.

10. — Griotettix spinilobus , sp. nov.

Plate III., figs. 12-12&.

Nearly related to the preceding species, Griotettix tricarinatus ,

Bolivar. Body rather slender, quite small, granulate or lightly

tuberculate ; head not or very slightly elevated ; face very slightly

retreating. Vertex viewed from above nearly equal in width to

one of the eyes, not advanced quite so far, frontal margin truncate,

130

SPOLIA ZB STLANICA.

but the carinulae outwardly roundly curved backward, compresso-

elevated abbreviated, middle carinate, subconvex, on either side

little longitudinally fossulate ; the crown of head little sloping

behind. Frontal costa in profile above barely advanced, very

lightly subexcavate before the eyes, between the antennae appreci¬

ably protuberant, viewed in front rather narrowly sulcate, the rami

subparallel. Eyes globose of moderate size. Antennae slender

filiform, inserted between the lower angle of the eyes. Pronotum

truncate in front, posteriorly subulate acute, prolonged nearly as

far or little beyond the wings ; dorsum above subflattened,

granulate subrugose or often little tuberculate posteriorly ;

between the shoulders provided on each side with an abbreviated

supernumerary carinula ; in front of the shoulders little con¬

stricted, on each side bisulcate ; humeral angles obtuse ; scapular

area indistinct ; median carina of pronotum subundulate distinct,

percurrent, little elevated, straight posteriorly, a little compresso-

elevated forward between the sulci ; infra scapular area strongly

narrowed, carina above a little curvate ; lateral carinse of pronotum

distinct ; posterior angles of lateral lobes armed with a distinct

somewhat long slender spine directed outward transversely or

slightly forward. Elytra oval apex obtuse ; wings explicate

extended backward just about to the apex of pronotal process or

little beyond. Femora rather slender margins entire ; posterior

femoral margins above serrulate ; posterior tibial margins com¬

pressed, very lightly armed with minute spines, absent near the

apex internally ; first articles of posterior tarsi very narrow,

scarcely longer than the third, the first and second pulvilli

spiculate, the third flat below.

Measurement in Millimeters.

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

131

A series of ten specimens were taken “ from swampy ground ”

at Pundalu-oya in March by E. Ernest Green.

Acanthalobus , gen. nov.

Plate II., figs. 8-8&.

Related to Griotettix , Bolivar. Body more or less tubercalose,

granulate or nodulose, or rugulose. Head not exserted or elevated ;

crown short. Eyes moderately prominent. Vertex wider than

eye flattened, subfossulate on each side, middle feebly carinate, in

front provided on each side with arcuate abbreviate margin ;

supra-ocular lobes at the lateral margin distinct. Frontal costa

in profile advanced more or less before the eyes ; face lightly

retreating. Antennae moderately short filiform, inserted between

the lower portion of the eyes. Pronotum truncate in front,

posteriorly extended backwards beyond the femoral knees long

subulate or abbreviated ; dorsum above flattened, between the

shoulders more or less convex, behind the shoulders often bifos-

sulate ; median carina of pronotum slender scarcely elevated,

sometimes interrupted ; lateral carinse posteriorly on the apical

process often obsolete ; posterior angle of lateral lobes laminate

produced outwards, armed with an oblique spine. Elytra oblong-

ovate ; wings extended to or beyond the pronotal apex. Maxillary'

palpi elongate, very slightly compresso-ampliate. Femoral

margins entire or lightly crenulate, the second femora rarely

indistinctly sublobate or denticulate. First article of posterior

tarsi little longer than the third.

Griotettix , Bolivar, in part.

Resembling Griotettix but differing from that genus in having

larger stature ; in the structure of the vertex ; in the eyes being

less globose and not at all exserted ; the pronotum being broader

between the shoulders ; the absence or but slight evidence

of a short supernumerary carinula on each side between the

shoulders and also in the more pronounced rugose surface of the

dorsum.

This genus embraces such species as A. flavipictus , Bol. ; A.

miliar ius, Bol. ; A. bispinosus, Dalm. ; A. saginatus, Bol. ; A. m.

cuneatus , Hanc., &c.

Key to Species of Acanthalobus.

Pronotal process and wings long extended backward beyond

the knees of hind femora. (Plate II., figs. 8-8a), miliarius ,

Bol.

132

SPOLIA ZBYL4NIC A.

Pronotal process and wings abbreviated ; median carina of

pronotum irregularly sinuate posteriorly ; miliarius cuneatus ,

Hanc.

11. — Acanthalobus miliarius , Bol.

Plate II., fig’s. 8-8&.

Body medium robust, granulate, coarsely tuberculate or elongate

callosed. Vertex viewed from above distinctly wider than one of

the eyes, flattened, not advanced quite so far as the eyes, the front

margin truncate but provided on each side with a small arcuate

carinula, a little elevated at the sides and abbreviated ; middle of

vertex somewhat feebly carinate forwards, on either side subfossu-

late, the lateral margins divergent backwards, provided with

distinct supra-ocular lobes ; crown of head in profile scarcely

elevated horizontal. Frontal costa little advanced before the eyes,

lightly convex protuberant between the antennae ; profile of face

slightly retreating ; viewed in front the facial frontal costa

narrowly sulcate above, the rami little divergent below. Eyes of

moderate size subtriangular, not at all exserted. Antennae short

filiform, joints distinct, the first basal article large and longitudi¬

nally compressed. Pronotam truncate in front posteriorly long

subulate extended backwards far beyond the posterior femoral

knees, but not reaching quite so far as the wings ; dorsum above

flattened, between the shoulders transversely rounded, moderately

broad, in front of the shoulders laterally little constricted fossulate,

behind distinctly flattened; humeral angles widely obtuse; median

carina distinct percurrent, little elevated, in profile irregularly

convex forward, scarcely substraight posteriorly ; anterior pro-

zonal carinae more or less distinct slightly convergent backwards;

lateral carinae distinct passing forwards on the shoulders,

posteriorly on the apical process obliterated ; infra scapular area

above the elytra narrow subsulcate, scarcely at all arcuate, opposite

the outer half of the elytra about as wide as the scapular area ;

lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuata behind, the posterior angle

laminate outwards, provided with a distinct strong spine directed

obliquely backwards, the posterior angle obliquely truncate behind.

Elytra oblong ovate apex angulato-rounded; wings fully developed

extended backwards little beyond the pronotal. apex. Anterior

femora entire elongate ; middle femora elongate, marginal carinae

suhindistinctly undulate ; posterior femoral margins above

crenulate, knee reduced ; posterior tibias sinuate curvate, margins

spinose, eight to ten on the outer side ; first articles of posterior

tarsi little longer than the third, pulvilli elongate flat below.

Blades of ovipositor slender denticulate. The males are generally

smoother than the females on the dorsum of pronotum.

THE TETTIGIDJE OF CEYLON.

133

Measurement in Millimeters .

Two females from Peradeniya “caught at light” in June, 1901.

One male “ on banks of river” at Kandy, June, 1903. Five males

and three females and several nymphs from Kesbewa (Colombo),

“from rice fields and dry bed of tank,” April, 1903. Nine males

and six females “caught at light,” Colombo, in April. E. Ernest

Green.

There is considerable variation in this species as shown in the

table of measurements of twenty-six specimens.

Bolivar described the species from one male, the measurements

of which are as follows

Length of body 6, 11 mm., pronot. 16*5 mm., post. fern. 7 mm.

Criotettix miliarius , Bol. (1887, p. 226).

12. — Acanthalobus miliarius cuneatus , form. nov.

Similar to A. miliarius ; the form of the vertex and legs being

the same, and in all other respects similar, with the exception of

the pronotum and wings. The pronotum differs in being more

rugose, and more cuneate posteriorly, the apex extending not more

than two millimeters beyond the femoral knees, and not or little

134

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

passing the wings. The median carina of pronotum posteriorly

irregularly sinuate. Wings more or less abbreviate.

Measurement in Millimeters .

Two females and one male “from rice fields and dry bed of

tank,” Kesbewa (Colombo), April, 1903. E. Ernest Green.

This form resembles Criotettix saginatus, Bol. (1887, p. 280), and

may prove to be synonymous.

Loxilobus , gen. nov.

Plate I., fi g. 8.

Related to Acanthalobus , Hancock, but having the facial frontal

costa roundly or convexly protuberant before the eyes ; the vertex

not appreciably flattened, nearly equal or narrower than one of the

eyes and fossulate on each side ; the body slender or of moderate

width between the shoulders ; the posterior angles of the lateral

lobes not at all or very slightly laminate outwards, the posterior

angles being suboblique, but somewhat narrowly excised behind,

or acute subspiniform ; the antegenicular lobe of posterior femora

moderately conspicuous.

Key to Species of Loxilobus.

Body attenuate, pronotal process and wings long extended

backward beyond the posterior femora ; posterior angle of lateral

lobes acute. (Plate I., fig. 3, and plate III., figs. 16-16A)

acutus , sp. nov.

Body cuneate, pronotal process and wings abbreviated, not

extended backwards so far as the apex of posterior femora ;

posterior angles of lateral lobes narrowly obliquely excised.

rugosus, sp. nov.

13. — Loxilobus acutus , sp. nov.

Plate I., fi g. 3, and Plate III., fig’s. 16-16&.

Body slender tuberculose granulate. Vertex subequal or scarcely

wider (in female) than one of the eyes, narrowed toward the front,

middle carinate anteriorly and little elevated produced, on each

side fossulate ; front margin of vertex advanced nearly as far as

the eyes, provided on either side with a small rounded abbrevi¬

ated carinula, little elevated, supraocular lobes at the lateral

THE TETTTGIDtE OF CEYLON.

135

margins appreciably distinct ; the crown of head viewed in

profile barely elevated above the eyes. Facial frontal costa in

profile roundly protuberant, advanced beyond the eyes equal to

about one-third their diameter ; the contour of face distinctly

retreating ; the frontal costa viewed from in front moderately

sulcate, the rami subparallel. Eyes not exserted, of moderate size,

subglobose ; posterior ocelli distinct situated barely in advance of

the middle of the eyes. Antennae slender filiform, articles

elongate, inserted between the lower third of the eyes. Pronotum

truncate in front, posteriorly long attenuate extended beyond the

knee of hind femora ; dorsum rugose granulate, elongate tuber-

culose, between the shoulders transversely convex, provided with

an abbreviated ruga on each side ; anterior prozonal carinae

distinct, little convergent backwards ; humeral angles wide,

distinct ; lateral carinae little elevated ; median carina subper-

current but slightly subexcavate in front of the shoulders,

posteriorly indistinctly sinuate ; posterior angles of lateral lobes

outwardly acute produced subspiniform, behind the angle sub-

transverse ; infra scapular area above the distal half of elytra

narrow sulcate subarcuate, about as wide as the scapular area.

Elytra oblong ovate ; wings well developed extended about one

millimeter beyond the apex of pronotal process. First and second

femoral margins entire, posterior femoral margins crenulate,

antegenicular tooth subacute, distinct ; lateral margins of posterior

tibiae crenulate, armed with spines, as many as ten in the outer

margin ; first article of posterior tarsi slightly longer than the

third, the third pulvillus longest flat below. Superior blade of

ovipositor rather stout, strongly denticulate.

Measurement in Millimeters,

One female “ caught at light,” Pundalu-oya, May, 1903. E. Ernest

Green.

14. — Loxilobus rugosus , sp. nov.

Plate III., figs. 17-17&.

Body small, rugose tuberculose granulate. Vertex and facial

frontal costa similar in structure to aculus as shown in figures 17 -

176 compared with figures 16-166. In the male the crown of the

head viewed in profile is scarcely so elevated above the eyes. This

species differs from acutus in being smaller in stature, but about

the same width between the shoulders ; the pronotal process and

wings abbreviated not extended backward so far as the apex of

8(25)04 T

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

136

posterior femora ; the surface of the dorsum, especially in the

female, more rugose ; the median carina of pronotum viewed in

profile distinctly sinuate ; the posterior angle of the lateral lobes

of pronotum narrowly obliquely excised, not at all acute spini-

form.

Measurements .

One female and two males “ swept from grass land,” Pundalu-

oya, in March ; two females and a male 44 swept from grass fields,”

Pundalu-oya, in May, 1903. Three nymphs from 44 swampy

ground,” March. E. Ernest Green.

This species resembles Griotettix pullus , Bolivar. I have

compared it with a mal q pullus kindly contributed to my collection

by Professor Bolivar. It differs from that species in the frontal

facial costa being more roundly protuberant before the eyes, and

in the dorsal surface of the pronotum being more coarsely rugose.

Griotettix pullus, Bol. (1887, p. 230), undoubtedly falls into the

newly created genus Loxilobus , as do several other related species

from other parts of the world.

III.— Subtribe METRODORINJE.

Gen. Systolederus , Bol.

Plate II., figs. 9-9 b.

Head exserted, elevated forward. Vertex less than half the

breadth of one of the eyes, toward the front narrowed and

subacuminate. Eyes approximate strongly globose. Face oblique,

the contour sinuate ; frontal costa scarcely furcillate behind the

ocelli, very lightly sulcate, viewed in profile compresso-elevated

between the antennae. Antennae inserted below or barely between

the lower part of the eyes scarcely in advance of them, fili¬

form, articles elongate, palpi filiform. Pronotum flattened above,

in front truncate, posteriorly acuminate ; median carina incon¬

spicuous disappearing just behind the anterior border ; humeral

angles obtuse ; posterior angles of lateral lobes extended outwards

very frequently acute spinose or downward deflexed. Elytra oval;

wings perfectly explicate.

Legs elongate filiform ; anterior femoral carinse minutely gra¬

nulate ; genicular as well as the femoral lobes of the posterior

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

137

femora small ; posterior tibiae toward the apex little ampliate,

margins compressed, spinose ; first and third articles of posterior

tarsi subequal in length. Systolederus, Bolivar (1887, p. 234).

15. — Systolederus greeni , Bol.

Plate II., fig’s. 9-95.

Fusco-cinereous. Vertex very narrow, short carinated ; ocelli

strongly exserted. Antennae inserted scarcely before the eyes.

Pronotum granulate, in front of the shoulders lightly constricted,

anterior margin subreflexed, sulci strongly impressed, disc between

the shoulders convex, behind distinctly transversely fossulate,

median carina not very conspicuous, viewed from the side

undulate, between the sulci transversely compressed ; anterior

prozonal carinae obsolete ; lateral lobes deflexed acute but not at

all produced, process long subulate, apex shortly bispined. Wings

extended to the pronotal apex. Legs pale variegated, not at all or

indistinctly undulate ; posterior femoral Carinas acute, minutely

serrulato-crenulate, minutely spined, rarely little distinct, very

frequently absent on the internal margin. The third pulvilli of

the posterior tarsi scarcely twice as long as the second.

Systolederus greeni , Bol. (1902, p. 584).

Bolivar gives the following dimensions : Length of body 6,

7 mm. pronot. 11 mm. ; post. fern. 5 mm. ?, 9 mm. ; pronot.

14 mm. ; post. fern. 6*5 mm.

According to these measurements the female type specimen was

slightly larger than the maximum size in the following table : —

Measurements in Millimeters .

138

SPOLIA ZEYLAN1CA.

Of eighteen specimens referable to this species six females and

nine males from Pundalu-oya were taken in March “ frequenting

hot dry rocks away from water ; very active on the wing ; living-

specimens minutely pale speckled.”

Three females from Kadugannawa, taken in January, were “ from

dry rocks on side of railway.” E. Ernest Green.

Bolivar records the species from Kodiakanal, South India, and

Pundalu-oya, Ceylon.

This species is distinguished by the approximate elevated eyes

which are subflattened but strongly globose in profile ; by the

exserted ocelli ; by the position of the antennae which are inserted

below the eyes, and the angulate excavation below the median

ocellus visible in profile.

Genus Mazarredia, Bol.

Plate II., fig-s. 7-75.

Head little or very slightly exserted. Vertex little narrower

than one of the eyes, or subwider, very frequently narrowed

forward, on either side with oblique carinula more or less com¬

pressed ; face little oblique. Frontal costa scarcely forked behind

the ocelli ; the rami little divergent forward, viewed in profile

shortly cornpresso-elevated between the antennae, frontal contour

appreciably sinuate. Antennae filiform often strongly elongate,

inserted little before the eyes ; posterior ocelli situated scarcely

before the middle of the eyes ; apical article of maxillary palpi

narrow subcompressed. Pronotum above flattened, between the

shoulders, often gibbose, in front truncate, posteriorly lengthily

acuminate, humeral angles obtuse ; posterior angles of lateral

lobes outwardly more or less laminato-expanded, strongly truncate,

acute angulate but not at all spinose, very rarely turned downward.

Elytra oval ; wings perfectly explicate. Legs elongate ; anterior

femora very slightly compressed, above carinate, carinse entire or

gently undulate ; posterior tibiae little enlarged towards the apex,

on either side spinose ; the first and third articles of the posterior

tarsi equal in length.

Mazarredia , Bolivar (1887, pp. 236-237).

16. — Mazarredia insular is, Bol.

Plate II., figs. 7-75.

Body small rugulose. Head very little exserted ; face slightly

retreating. Eyes of moderate size distinctly globose, being little

higher than the dorsum of pronotum. Vertex viewed from above

slightly wider than one of the eyes, the front margin subcon vexly

truncate but viewed in front strongly concave, the frontal

carinulae laterally elevated on each side, acute cuspidate, in

THE TETTIGID2E OF CEYLON.

139

profile little higher than the eyes ; on either side of vertex fossu-

late, posteriorly mammillate, mid-carina appreciably reduced

forward, but distinctly produced. Facial frontal costa viewed in

profile not at all or barely advanced so far as the eyes, between the

antennae lightly convex, very feebly excavate just below the

median ocellus. Antennae fuscous, slender filiform, articles

elongate, pale annulate at their junctions, inserted somewhat below

the eyes. Pronotum flattened rugulose, truncate in front, pos¬

teriorly extended beyond the hind femora, between the shoulders

provided with a short elevated carinula on each side ; lateral

carinae distinct, just behind the shoulders eminently elevated ;

median carina of pronotum little compressed anteriorly just before

the shoulders and between them slightly elevated cristulate

sinuate, posteriorly irregularly lightly sinuate, infra scapular area,

moderately narrow subflattened ; scapular area small obscure ;

posterior angle of lateral lobes of pronotum outwardly laminate

produced subacute, behind obliquely and moderately but widely

truncate. Elytra elongate, apex rounded ; wings extended back¬

ward to the apex of pronotal process. Anterior femora distinctly

compressed, marginal carinae undulate ; middle femora lightly

compressed, carinate externally, marginal carinae undulate ;

posterior femora rather stout but flattened elongate, margins

crenulate ; tibial margins of posterior femora crenulate, outer

carina furnished with from three to five spines, or sometimes

absent, inner carina with one or two obsolete spines or absent ;

third pulvilli of posterior tarsi scarcely longer than the first and

second subacute

Colour grayish ferrugineous, sometimes slightly marked with

fuscous on the dorsum of pronotum.

Mcizarredia insularis , Bolivar (1887, p. 239).

Measurements in Millimeters ,

Seven adult specimens. Three males, three females, and three

nymphs from Pundalu-oya were collected “ from stems of Gre-

villea tree” in May. The remaining adult male from Hantaune

140

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

was taken in March. Mr. Green remarks that the living insects

are often coloured like and harmonize with the natural lichens and

mosses, being very inconspicuous. Bolivar described the species

from a male example which measured as follows : —

Length of body 7 mm.; pronot. 10 mm.; post. fern. 5 mm.

(Ceylon).

Apterotettix , gen. nov.

Plate III., figs. 13-13&.

Body rugulose granulate. Face moderately oblique ; facial

frontal costa distinctly advanced before the eyes, not at all sinuate,

united with the crown angulate in profile. Vertex subequal in

width to one of the eyes, very slightly convergent forward,

the front margin advanced beyond the eyes, provided with abbre¬

viated arcuate carinula on each side, little elevated laterally

middle carinate, produced : viewed in front or in profile the

vertex not lower than the eyes. Eyes of moderate size not

appreciably prominent or elevated. Antennae inserted a little in

advance of the lower fourth of eyes, slender filiform. Pronotum

truncate in front posteriorly abbreviated not extended backward

so far as the extremity of the abdomen ; dorsum between the

shoulders subtectiform ; humeral angles obtuse ; scapular area

moderately wide attenuate posteriorly; posterior angle of lateral

lobes outwardly little produced, behind obliquely truncate. Elytra

and wings absent or vestigial. Femora lightly compressed, first

and second marginal carinae entire or subundulate ; posterior

femoral margins serrulate, femoral and genicular lobes moderately

prominent, acute ; lateral margins of posterior tibiae serrulate

spinose ; first and third articles of posterior tarsi subequal in

length.

17. — Apterotettix obtusus , sp. nov.

Plate III., figs. 13-13&.

Body small, rugulose granulate. Head not at all exserted ; face

moderately retreating. Vertex subequal in width to one of the

eyes, the front border convex, advanced slightly beyond the eyes,

frontal carina on each side laterally arcuate abbreviated, barely

elevated, mid-carina viewed in profile, in female, little elevated in

front and produced; viewed in front the vertex hardly lower

than eyes subtransverse. Facial frontal costa viewed in profile

distinctly advanced before the eyes substraight, united with the

vertex angulate, viewed in front moderately sulcate. Eyes of

moderate size globose, not appreciably prominent. Antennas

moderately long, very slender filiform articles elongate, inserted

between the lower fourth of the eyes. Posterior ocelli in profile

visible just before the middle of the eyes. Pronotum subflattened

above, transversely between the shoulders subtectiform, in front

THE TETTIGIDtE OF CEYLON.

141

truncate, posteriorly abbreviated, apex obtuse, not extended so

far backwards as the abdomen ; humeral angles obtuse ; dorsum

between the shoulders provided with a short supernumerary

carinula on each side ; prozonal carinae little converging backward ;

median carina of pronotum substraight or scarcely undulate;

infra scapular area moderately wide, posteriorly little widened

acuminate ; posterior angle of lateral lobe outwardly slightly

extended, behind obliquely truncate. Elytra and wings absent or

vestigial. Anterior and middle femora slightly compressed, in the

male the second femora ampliate. marginal carinae entire or sub¬

undulate ; posterior femoral and genicular lobes moderately

prominent acute, marginal carinae minutely serrulate ; posterior

tibial carinae of hind femora laterally serrulate, spinose ; the first

and third articles of posterior tarsi subequal in length, the second

and third pulvilli elongate, subequal in length, but little longer

than the first article.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Eight specimens. A female from Peradeniya, taken in Decem¬

ber, 1902, “ from grass land two females from the same locality

caught in February and March. One female from Pundalu-oya

was “ swept from a grassy ravine ” in May ; while from the same

locality three males were found “ among fallen leaves under shade

of trees ” in May. Still another male was “ swept from grass

fields ” in March from the same locality.

This small apterous species is easily distinguished by the

structure of the vertex and frontal costa. It is monotypic and

appears to be confined to Ceylon.

IV.— Subtribe TETTIGINME *

Gen. Tettix , Oharp., 1841.

Plate III., figs. 14-14&.

Body granulate or little rugose. Head not at all exserted.

Vertex wider or rarely subnarrower than one of the eyes, laterally

more or less sinuate, front carinate subangulato-rounded, viewed

142

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

in profile subacute before the eyes distinctly produced. Frontal

costa behind the antennae very frequently sinuate. Antennae

very short, not at all reaching the humeral angles, often shorter

than the head, a little enlarged, consisting of twelve to fourteen

articles, inserted scarcely before the eyes. Pronotum truncate in

front or angulate, posteriorly acute very frequently abbreviated,

dorsum above tectiform rarely depressed, between the shoulders

a little ampliate ; humeral angles strongly obtuse ; posterior angle

of the lateral lobes slightly turned obliquely outwards, inferior

lateral margin straight or base subsinuate. Femora entire or

rarely femoral carinae subsinuate ; posterior tibiae linear, slender,

but ampliate near the apices, carinae serrulate, short spinose or the

apical fifth of the inner carina unarmed ; first article of the

posterior tarsi elongate, distinctly longer than the third.

Tettix , Charp. (1841, p. 315), Fischer, Bolivar, Brunner, Han¬

cock.

Tettix, Latreille, Hist. Nat. d. Crust. Ins., XII., 161-164.

Equivalent to Acrydium, of some authors.

Key to Species of Tettix.

Pronotum and wings more or less abbreviated.

atypicalis ceylonus , form. nov.

Pronotum posteriorly long subulate, wings caudate. (Plate III.,

figs. 14-14&.)

atypicalis , sp. nov.

18.— Tettix atypicalis , sp. nov.

Plate III., fig’s. 14-14&.

Body slender, granulate punctate. Vertex viewed from above

equal in width to one of the eyes, front margin subtruncate,

advanced about as far or scarcely beyond the eyes, carinulae

arcuate abbreviated, very slightly elevated laterally, side margins

very little convergent forward, middle carinate produced in front,

on either side little longitudinally depressed ; vertex viewed in

profile advanced before the eyes. Frontal costa viewed in profile

convex behind the antennae, viewed in front moderately sulcate,

the rami slightly diverging toward the base ; face sensibly retreat¬

ing. Eyes small globose barely exserted. Antennae rather short,

slender filiform. Pronotum truncate in front obtuse subangulate,

posteriorly long subulate acute strongly extended beyond the

apex of posterior femora ; dorsum between the shoulders tecti¬

form ; humeral angles widely obtuse ; median carina of pronotum

elevated acute compressed, percurrent, anteriorly longitudinally

THE TETTlGlDiE OF CEYLON.

143

arcuate, posteriorly subconcave; elvtral sinus shallow; the in¬

ferior sinus deeply angularly excavate ; the posterior angle of

lateral lobes with the apex moderately wide rounded-truncate.

Elytra oval apex rounded ; wings caudate, extended strongly

beyond the apical process. Femora slightly compressed ; anterior

and middle femoral margins entire or indistinctly undulate, finely

crenulate or serrulate ; posterior femoral margins serrulate ;

posterior tibiae undulato-curvate, lateral margins subserrulate

spinose ; first and third articles of posterior tarsi subequal in

length, the third pulvillus as long as the first and second together,

the apices spiculate. Margins of legs, the mouth parts and under

parts of body hirsute. Ovipositor short, the superior blade being

unusually wide as compared to the length. Colour grayish or

ferrugineous with fuscous macula on each side of the dorsum

behind the shoulders, legs annulated with fuscous.

Measurements in Millimeters .

Three females. One bearing the locality (Kandy) measures the

longest in the series and was taken “from grass land in November,

1903.” The second example from Peradeniya was “caught at light”

in July, 1903, being also a long-wing form. The third specimen

from Dikoya was taken in February, 1903, “ from grass land.” The

last mentioned specimen is a variety having the pronotum

anteriorly more strongly compresso-elevated between and before

the shoulders, the median carina of pronotum more elevated

cristate. These peculiarities are correlated with shortened wings

and abbreviated pronotal process ; the latter not being extended

quite so far backwards beyond the posterior femoral knees. This

species being dimorphic passes into the next form, some examples

of which are very much reduced in size.

19. — Tettix atypicalis ceylonus , form. nov.

Related to the preceding T . atypicalis , but having the vertex

slightly more advanced as viewed from above ; the pronotum and

wings more or less abbreviated ; the antero-dorsal margin of

pronotum obtuse angulate ; the body often very diminutive in

stature ; the middle femora in the male distinctly expanded.

8(25)04 u

144

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Seven specimens. One female from Maskeliya taken in August,

1902, u caught at light. ” Of the remaining six specimens from

Pundalu-oya, four were “ swept from grass fields ” in March and

April.

A male and female of this series taken in January at Pundalu-

oya were contributed to my collection by Malcolm Burr. For the

other five specimens I am indebted to E. Ernest Green.

Gen. Paratettix , Bolivar.

Body granose, little rugose. Vertex horizontal, narrower than

the eyes or equally wide, middle carinate, on either side more or

less concave or lengthwise canaliculate, anterior carinulse termin¬

ating in flexures, viewed in profile not at all produced between the

eyes. Frontal costa between the antennae curved, declined toward

the base, rarely subsinuate. Antennae filiform, little longer than

the head, composed of fourteen articles inserted barely before the

eyes ; palpi not dilated, same colour as the body. Pronotum with

the dorsum rather flattened, front border truncate, posteriorly

subulate, very frequently the apex passing the hind femora, but

sometimes abbreviated ; median carina a little elevated ; humeral

angles obtuse ; lateral lobes posteriorly bisinuate, the inferior sinus

straight or acute, posterior angle of lateral lobe turned downward,

apex subrounded. Elytra oval punctate ; wings perfectly explicate,

very rarely abbreviated. Anterior femora compressed, above

carinated, very frequently undulate ; posterior tibiae with the

apical third part ampliate, as well as spinose ; first articles of

posterior tarsi elongate, longer than the third, pulvilli acuminate,

below straight, the third pulvillus very frequently longer than

the first and second united.

Paratettix , Bolivar (1887, p. 270).

20. — Paratettix variegatus , Bol.

Grayish, variegated with white and fuscous, or ferrugineous.

Head little exserted. Vertex elevated forward, truncate in front,

equal in width to eye. Frontal costa obliquely declivous toward

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

145

the base. Pronotum posteriorly subulate ; dorsum tectiform,

rugulose punctate, marked with whitish and fuscous ; median

carina elevated, compressed, anteriorly regularly arcuate ; posterior

angles of lateral lobes With the apices narrow rounded truncate,

external margin turned outwardly subreflexed, Elytral apex

widely rounded ; wings long extended backward beyond the

apical process. Anterior femoral carinse obscure undulate ;

posterior femora above crenulate, before the apex with minute

lobe ; posterior tarsal pulvilli with apices acute, third pulvillus

longer than the second.

Length of body <5$, 7-7*5 mm. ; pronot. 9-9‘5 mm. ; post. fern.

5-6 mm.

Locality, Ceylon (Bolivar).

Paratettix variegatus , Bol. (1887, p. 280).

I have not seen specimens of this species in nature.

Euparatettix , gen. nov.

Plate II., figs. 10-10&.

Related to Paratettix , Bolivar, but having the head somewhat

compresso-elevated exserted ; eyes strongly globose ; the vertex

narrower than eye and elevated forward ; the frontal costa more

or less convex or arcuate produced, declivous toward the base ;

the dorsum of pronotum subflattened, the antero-dorsal margin

not advanced to the eyes ; with moderately long antennas, the last

five articles often little compresso-ampliate, inserted barely below

or on a level with the inferior border of the eyes ; the anterior

femora slender entire or nearly so.

To this genus belong such species as Paratettix personatus ,

Bol., Paratettix interruptus , Brunn, Euparatettix parvus, Hanc.

Key to Species of Euparatettix.

Frontal costa flattened between the eyes, lightly convex between

the antennae ; antennae rather short, the distal five articles hardly

compresso-ampliate. Body small ; parvus , Hanc.

Frontal costa strongly arcuate produced entire ; antennae rather

long the distal five articles perceptibly compresso-ampliate

(plate II. , figs. 10-105, and plate III., figs. 20-205), personatus ,

Bol.

21.-—. Euparatettix parvus , sp. nov.

Body small, slender rugulose. Head exserted, perceptibly

compresso-elevated. Vertex viewed from above narrower than

one of the eyes, advanced about as far as the eyes, viewed in

profile not at all produced, the front margin laterally with elevat¬

ed abbreviated carinula on each side, middle carinate. Frontal

costa lightly convex between the antennse, obliquely declivous

146

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

toward the base, viewed from in front moderately silicate or not

so narrowly snlcate as in personatus. Eyes strongly globose

elevated, higher than the pronotum. Antennae slender filiform,

of moderate length, very little compresso-ampliate apically,

inserted barely below the lower border of the eyes. Pronotnm in

front truncate, the antero-dorsal margin not advanced to the eyes,

posteriorly subulate, above subflattened rugulose, between the

shoulders with fine indistinct abbreviated supernumerary cari-

nulae on each side ; median carina subsinuate little elevated,

subflattened between the shoulders, excavate just behind the

anterior margin, behind the shoulders posteriorly indistinctly

sinuate ; anterior prozonal carinse small abbreviated ; lateral

carinae in front of humeral angles distinct ; infra-scapular area

above the elytra very narrow, little widened posteriorly behind

the apex of elytra ; posterior angle of the lateral lobes of pronotum

turned downwards, subrounded truncate. Elytra oval apex

rounded ; wings long, extended backward beyond the apex of

pronotal process. Anterior femora very slightly compressed,

entire ; middle femora little compresso-ampliate, entire, the

breadth contained about two and a half times in the length ;

posterior femoral margin above serrulate, external pagina scabrous,

two of the oblique lines behind the middle little outwardly pro¬

tuberant ; posterior tibiae spinose, fuscous with two light annula-

tions ; first and third articles of posterior tarsi nearly equal in

length, the pulvilli acute spiculate, the third little exceeding the

second in length.

One male specimen from Elephant Pass, Northern Province,

Ceylon. March, 1901. E. Ernest Green.

Length of body <5, 9*7 mm. ; pronot. 8 mm. ; width of shoulders

2 mm. ; elytra 1 mm.; post. fern. 3*9 mm.; antennae 3 mm.;

wings + pronot. 1 mm.; pronot. + fern. 2 mm.

The exserted compresso-elevated head in this species, as in the

one following, reminds us somewhat of Systolederus , yet Eupara-

tettix bears a closer affinity to Paratettix in other characters.

22. — Euparatettix personatus , Bol.

Plate II., figs. 10-10&, and Plate III., figs. 20-20&.

Body finely rugose, fuscous, front of head, sides of pronotum

cinereo us. Head exserted, vertex elevated forward, narrower than

eye. Frontal costa strongly arcuate produced, declivous toward

the base, entire. Pronotum narrow, posteriorly subulate much

surpassing the femoral apex ; dorsum rugulose ; median carina

percurrent, little compressed, between the shoulders sinuate ;

posterior angle of the lateral lobe narrow rounded. Elytra with

the apex not at all acuminate ; wings strongly longer than the

THE TETTIGID2E OF CEYLON.

147

pronotal process. Anterior femora narrow, carinas subentire ;

posterior tarsal pulvilli below straight, the third pulvillus little

longer than the second.

Length of body <$?, 6-8 mm. ; pronot. 7*5-9*5 mm.; posterior

fern. 4-6 mm.

Locality, Ceylon (Bolivar). It is also reported from Java and

the Philippines.

Parcitettix personatus, Bolivar (1887, p. 278).

The following series of fifteen specimens referable to this

species are given in two separate series of measurements selected

from different localities. This is done with a view of giving

more concisely the range of variations occurring in the species.

There are some marked structural variations in individuals diffi¬

cult of measurement. For instance, two females taken at random,

one from Kesbewa and the other from Peradeniya, show in the

first-named specimen, the median carina of the pronotum begin¬

ning from just behind the front border backwards to the apical

process, a succession of five distinct undulations, diminishing in

size backward. While in the second specimen from Peradeniya,

the median carina of pronotum is elevated but straight above

between the shoulders and very indistinctly undulate backward.

In the latter specimen the head is not so distinctly exserted, yet

both forms are doubtless varieties of the same species, for there are

some individuals presenting intermediate stages connecting the

two types of individual peculiarities. The antenna? of the males

are unusually long in this species, having the distal five articles

appreciably compresso-ampliate. The hind tibiae of both sexes

are usually black or fuscous with a light annulation near the

knees.

First Series.

Measurements in Millimeters.

The above series of eight specimens were “ caught at light ” at

Colombo in April by Mr. Green.

148

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Second Series.

This series of seven specimens were also “ caught at light’1 at

Peradeniya : three in November, two in April, one in March, and

the last one in June.

Besides the above series three females and two males bearing

locality Kesbewa (Colombo) were taken in April. Mr. Green

mentions that they were from rice fields and dry bed of tank.

“ The living examples being very variable in colour ; sometimes

with broad longitudinal stripe of emerald green.” I think this

note regarding the colour refers to Hedotettix which were found

associated in the same environment. A single male labelled Jaffna,

March, 1901, “ from grass land,” and lastly another male, is from

North-Central Province, November.

Gen. Hedotettix , Bol., 1887.

Plate III., fig. 18.

Body nearly smooth, to a certain degree minutely granulate, or

punctate impressed. Head little exserted. Vertex subhorizontal

not at all wider than eye, middle carinate, towards the front very

frequently distinctly ampliate, in front transversely carinate.

Frontal costa between the antennae arcuate produced, between

the eyes not at all sinuate. Antennae filiform nearly reaching

to the humeral angles, inserted between the eyes. Pronotum

truncate in front or obtuse angulate, posteriorly acute subulate,

median carina slightly compressed, percurrent; posterior angle

of lateral lobes very narrowly rounded-truncate, or subacute.

Elytra apically rounded, rarely subacuminate. Wings the length

of processor caudate, rarely abbreviated. Legs compressed, anterior

femoral carinse entire, or obscure undulate ; posterior femoral

carinse granulate ; posterior tibiae slightly spinose ; first article

of posterior tarsi elongate, the third article shorter than the first.

Hedotettix , Bolivar (1887, p. 28J).

THE TETTIGrIDiE OF CEYLON.

149

Key to Species of Hedotettix.

A. — Facial frontal costa widely silicate, the rami more or less

abruptly widened between the eyes ; crown of head in profile

distinctly elevated above the eyes.

gracilis , de Hann.

B. — Pronotum and wings abbreviated, median carina of pronotum

sloping backward.

gracilis abortus, Hanc.

AA. — Facial frontal costa moderately or narrowly sulcate, not

abruptly widened between the eyes ; crown of head not at all

or barely elevated above the eyes ; antero-dorsal margin of

pronotum truncate.

attenuatus , Hanc.

23. — Hedotettix gracilis , De Hann.

Plate III., fig's. 19-19&.

Body moderately slender somewhat smooth, finely rugulose

granulate. Crown of head convex, little elevated above the eyes

forming with the frontal costa a rounded profile. Vertex viewed

from above scarcely wider than one of the eyes in female or

subequal in male, front margin obtuse angulate, barely advanced

beyond the eyes, laterally the carinulse rounded abbreviate, side

margins strongly sinuate, middle carinate, distinctly produced.

Frontal costa strongly rounded, advanced before the eyes equal to

about one-third their diameter, viewed in front widely sulcate,

the rami rather suddenly widened between the eyes and little

narrowed below the point of insertion of the antennae. Posterior

ocelli conspicuous just in advance and barely above the middle of

the eyes ; eyes in profile subconoid globose. Antennae rather

short filiform, inserted scarcely above the level of the lower margin

of eyes. Pronotum with the antero-dorsal margin obtuse angulate

posteriorly more or less long acute subulate, passing the posterior

femoral knees ; dorsum between the shoulders elevated tectiform ;

between the sulci anteriorly little compressed ; humeral angles

obtuse ; median carina of pronotum percurrent little compresso-

elevated, longitudinally arcuate anteriorly, straight posteriorly ;

between the shoulders provided with thin indistinct abbreviated

rugula on each side; anterior prozonal carinae distinct, straight;

infra-scapular area above the elytra long narrow sulcate, the

scapular area indistinctly present ; superior or elytral sinus of

lateral lobes moderately deep ; the inferior sinus deeply angularly

incised ; posterior angle turned downward subacute, the margin

very slightl y outwardly elevated. Elytra oblong, the apical margin

rounded ; wings fully developed, passing backward beyond the

150

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

pronotal process. Anterior femora slender entire ; middle femora

elongate externally distinctly bicarinate in the female, ampliato-

expanded in the male, the superior carina convexo-subsinuate ;

posterior femoral margins crenulate, the antegenicular lobe small

acute, knees moderately small; posterior tibiae somewhat curvate

spinose about two-thirds of the margins distad; the first articles

of posterior tarsi nearly twice the length of the third, the first and

second pulvilli acute, subspiculate, the third much longer than

the second and straight below.

Colour plain f errugineous ; or f usco-ferrugineous, with the first

and second legs annulated with white ; or body plain fulvous ; or

the dorsum marked by broad longitudinal pale yellowish stripe,

a little darkened toward the front, with black on each side

between the shoulders, being interrupted by oblique white line

passing from the middle stripe outward to the humeral angle on

each side ; the posterior tibiae white.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Long-wing forms.

The above series of twelve long-wing specimens typify the

description, though as seen in the measurements there is con¬

siderable variation, especially with regard to the pronotum and

wings. Three males and four males from Peradeniya “ caught

at light” during the months of March, April, May, October, and

November from 1900-1903. One male caught at light, Dambulla,

November, one male, Kesbewa (Colombo), April, “from rice field

and dry bed of tank.” One male “ caught at light,” Colombo.

April. One male “ from margin of tank,” Kandy, November.

E. Ernest Green.

THE TETTIGIDiE OF CEYLON.

151

Acridium (Tetrix) gracile , De Hann. (1842, p. 169).

Hedotettix gracilis , Bolivar (1887, p. 284).

Hedotettix festivus , Bol. (1887, p. 286).

Hedotettix gracilis , De Hann. Brunner (1893, p. 111).

Bolivar (1887, p. 284) gives the following measurements of

H. gracilis: Length of body ?, 9 mm. ; pronot. 10-11*5 mm, ;

post. fern. 6 mm. For festivus , length of body 6, 8 mm.; pronot.

9*5 mm.; post. fern. 6*5 mm. His figure 24-24& of festivus agrees

with the specimens which form the basis of my descriptions.

24. — Hedotettix gracilis abortus , form. nov.

A short-wing form of Hedotettix which appears to be a variety

of gracilis is represented by three specimens. This form differs

from gracilis in having the frontal costa more widely sulcate ; in

the median carina of pronotum sloping backward instead of being

arcuate ; the pronotal process posteriorly abbreviate acute, extend¬

ing backward only to the posterior femoral apex or little beyond ;

the wings extending very little beyond the pronotal apex ; and

differing as shown in the following measurements : —

The above two females, Kesbewa (Colombo), April, 1903, “ from

dry rice fields.” One male from Pundalu-oya, March 3, 1903,

“swept from grass fields.” I have a female example similar to

this variety from Java, Pengalengan, 4,000ft. elevation. Bolivar

mentions that the species is found in Southern India, Ceylon,

and Java. It is also mentioned by Brunner (1893) as occurring

in Teinzo, Rangoon, in lower British India.

25. — Hedotettix attenuatus , sp. nov.

Plate III., figs. 18-18A

Nearly related to gracilis , but having the body very slender, the

vertex narrower than one of the eyes, the front margin subtrun¬

cate ; the crown of head in profile not at all or barely elevated

above the eyes ; the frontal costa moderately or narrowly sulcate,

the rami not appreciably widened between the eyes ; the median

carina of pronotum anteriorly not at all or slightly compressed

between the sulci, the antero-dorsal margin strictly truncate, the

dorsum between the shoulders narrow. The male very slender,

having the eyes subexserted.

8(25)04

x

152

SPOLTA ZEYLANICA.

There are some individuals of this species which appear to

connect it with gracilis , the measurements indicating this as

well as the intermediate varieties of structures. Yet attenuatus

is so distinct that it may be readily separated. It is moreover

suggested here that attenuatus is a recently derived species

originating from the gracilis type.

Measurements in Millimeters.

Long-wing Form.

The above series of seventeen long-wing specimens from

Kesbewa (Colombo), April 4, 1903, were found in association

with Euparattetix personatus, Bol., in rice fields and dry bed of

tank. Livipg examples were very variable in colour ; sometimes

with broad longitudinal stripe of emerald green. In the dried

specimens the latter colour has entirely disappeared.

Gen. Goptotettix , Bol.

Body rugose or to certain degree granulate. Head not at all

exserted. Vertex narrowed towards the front, flattened, frontal

earinulse between interrupted or leading abruptly backward.

Frontal costa rounded, more or less produced. Antennse inserted

between the eyes, filiform elongate. Pronotum in front truncate,

extended to apex of posterior femora or long very acutely

subulate; median carina depressed ; dorsum very rarely tectiform.

Elytra oblong; wings abbreviated or caudate. Anterior femora

often elongate, carinse parallel ; posterior femora elongate, carinse

entire or to certain extent orenulate ; first article of posterior

tarsi longer than the third.

Goptotettix , Bolivar (1887, p. 287).

THE TETTTGIDJE OF CEYLON.

153

Key to Coptotettix Species.

Pronotal process not extended backward beyond the posterior

femoral apices ; dorsum of pronotum tuberculose or rugose ;

median carina of pronotum anteriorly largely elevated.

fossulcitus , Bol.

Pronotum posteriorly long subulate, extended backward beyond

the posterior femoral apex ; dorsum flattened, between the

shoulders little convex, with rounded tubercles ; wings caudate.

testaceus , Bol.

26. — Coptotettix fossulatus , Bol.

Pale gray fusco-variegated, rugose tuberculose. Head not at

all exserted. Vertex equal in width to eye, on either side

subfossulate, in front not produced. Frontal costa between the

eyes strongly roundly arcuate. Antennae inserted between the eyes.

Pronotum anteriorly tectiform, posteriorly flattened extended

to apex of abdomen ; dorsum rugose tuberculose, behind the

shoulders fossulate ; median carina anteriorly largely elevated,

posteriorly much interrupted ; posterior process provided with

compressed irregular carinulae on either side beside the lateral

earinae, lobes of process deflexed strongly sinuate below ; the

posterior angle of lateral lobes wide, apices subrounded truncate.

Elytra minute, subacuminate ; wings abbreviated. Middle fe¬

mora little widened, superior carina behind the middle less

elevated ; posterior femora wide ; posterior tibiae little spinose ;

first article of posterior tarsi strongly longer than the third ;

pulvillar apices acute, the third pulvillus longer than the second.

Length body <5, 8 mm. : pronot. 7 mm. ; post. fern. 4*5 mm.

Locality, Ceylon.

Coptotettix fossulatus Bol/(1887, p. 288).

I have not seen this species.

27. — Coptotettix testaceus , Bol.

Testaceous flavescent, fusco-cinero-variegated. Head not at all

exserted. Vertex narrower than eye, narrowed toward the front,

viewed from above not at all produced before the eyes. Frontal

costa arcuate subindistinctly sinuate before the median ocellus.

Antennae inserted between the eyes. Pronotum posteriorly

subulate, dorsum flattened, between the shoulders little convex

with rounded tubercles before the shoulders depressed, with two

abbreviated carinulae; posterior process rarely scattered wit h

elongate rugae ; posterior angle of lateral lobes triangular, apices

narrow subtruncate. Elytra oblong apices rounded reticulate ;

wings caudate. Femora streaked with fuscous narrow, elongate,

154 SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

carinae very obtusely undulate ; posterior femora strongly gra-

nose ; first article of posterior tarsi strongly longer than the

third, above distinctly serrulate, the third pul villus shorter than

the first and second united.

Length of body ?, 10 mm. ; pronot. 12*5 mm. ; post. fern. 7 mm.

Locality, Ceylon, Bolivar (1887, p. 291).

Coptotettix testaceus , Bol.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES.

In making the figures of Plates I. and II. I have intentionally

shown the species, when given in profile, with the legs hanging

somewhat downward. This attitude shows more clearly the

detail of their anatomy, especially the pronotum and elytra, parts

of which would, if the insects were figured in their normal atti¬

tude, be obscured by the legs. All the drawings for the plates

were made by the Author. The third plate shows in outline

drawings the head as viewed from above including the vertex

and eyes, the posterior angle of the lateral lobes of pronotum

being also shown. The lower figures show the head viewed in

profile, the latter being greatly magnified, while both of the

preceding plates show the figures enlarged only about five

diameters.

Plate I.

Fig. 1.™ Cladonotus latiramus, male, Kandy.

„ la. „ „ „ front view of head.

„ 2. — Deltonotus tectiformis, female, Pundalu-oya.

„ 2a. „ „ „ front view of head.

„ 3. — Loxilobus acutus, female, Pundalu-oya.

,, 4. — Scelimena gavialis, „ Pundalu-oya.

„ 4 a. „ „ „ front view of head.

„ 4 b. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

„ 4 c. „ „ male, posterior tibia and tarsus.

„ 5. — Scelimena logani, female, Kandy.

„ 5 a. „ ,, „ front view of head.

„ 5b. ,, „ „ apex of pronotal process.

„ 5c. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

Plate II.

Fig. 6. — -Lamellitettix acutus, female, Maskeliya.

„ 6a. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

„ 6b. „ „ „ front view of head.

Spolia Zeylanica

ISms

TETTIGIDAE- HANCOCK

S polio Zej/lonica

Plot

TETTIGIDAE- HANCOCK.

Spotia Zeylanica

Plate

TETTIGIDAE - HANCOCK.

Spolia Zeylanica Plate IV.

Map of Ceylon showing’ localities in which specimens of Tettigidse (Orthoptera)

were collected. The points indicated by figures surrounded by circles are as

follows : — 1 Jaffna, 2 Trincomalee, 3 Kandy, 4 Hantane, 5 Colombo, 6 Dikoya,

7 Maskeliya, 8 Pundalu-oya, 9 Elephant Pass, 10 Peradeniya, 11 Dambulla,

13 Kesbewa.

THE TETTIGIDvE OF CEYLON.

155

Fig. 7. — Mazarredia insularis, female, Pundalu-oya.

„ 7a. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

„ lb. „ „ „ front view of head.

„ 8. — Acanthalobns miliarias, Colombo.

„ 8 a. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

„ 9. — Systolederus greeni, female, Pundalu-oya.

„ 9 a. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above

„ 9 b. „ „ „ front view of head.

„ 10. — Euparatettix personatus, female, Colombo.

„ 10 a. „ „ „ head and pronotum from

above.

„ 10 6. „ „ „ front view of head.

,, 11. — Gavialidium crocodilus, female, Pundalu-oya.

head and pronotum from

above.

front view of head.

„ 11a.

„ 116.

Plate III.

Fig. 12. — Criotettix spinilobus, female, head from above.

„ 12a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum from

above.

„ 126. „ „ „ head viewed from side.

„ 13.— Apterotettix obtusus, female, head from above.

„ 13a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

„ 136. „ „ „ head viewed from side.

„ 14. — Tettix atypicalis, female, head from above.

„ 14a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

„ 146. „ „ „ head viewed from side.

99 15.— Criotettix tricarinatus, female, head from above.

„ 15a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

,9 156. „ „ „ head viewed from side.

9, 16. — Loxilobus acutus, female, head from above.

„ 16a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

99 166. „ „ „ head from side.

„ 17. — Loxilobus rugosus, female, head from above.

„ 17a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

„ 176. „ „ „ head from the side.

9, 18. — Hedotettix attenuatus, female, head from above.

„ 18a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

99 186. „ „ „ head from the side.

156

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Fig. 19. — Hedotettix gracilis, female, head from above.

„ 19a. „ „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

„ 19A „ „ „ head viewed from the side.

„ 20. Euparatettix personatus, female, head from above.

„ 20a. ,, „ „ lateral lobe of pronotum.

,, 20A „ „ „ head viewed from the side.

Bibliography.

Bolivar, Ignacio.

1887. Essai sur les acridiens de la tribu des Tettigidse, in

Ann. soc. ent. de Belgique, xxxi., pp. 175-313.

Bolivar, Ignacio.

1898. Ann. del museo civico di storia nat. di Genova. Ser. 2,

xix. (xxxix.).

Bolivar, Ignacio.

1901. Ann. soc. ent. de France LXX., entitled Les Orthopt. de

St. Joseph’s College.

Brunner von Wattenwyl, Carl.

1893. Revision du systeme des orthopteres, Ann mus. civ.

stor. nat. Genova, xxxiii., pp. 1-230.

Cave, Henry W.

1901. Golden tips. A Description of Ceylon, illustrated from

photographs, London.

1841. Charpentier T. De Germar, Zeitschr. Ill,

Green, E. Ernest.

1902. Entomologists’ Monthly Magazine, xiii.

Hancock, Joseph L.

1902. The Tettigidse of North America, Chicago.

Hann, Willem de.

1842. Bijdragen t. d. kennis der Orthopt. Leiden.

Kirby, W. F.

1902. Trans. Entomological Society of London. Report on a

coll, of African locustidse. Acrydiidse used for Tettigidse, p. 57.

Morse, A. P.

1900. Biol, centr. amer. Orthopt. ii ., 3-19. Tettiginae.

Saussure, Henri de.

1860. Ann. soc. ent. de France. Etudes sur quelques

orthopt. du mus. de Geneve, I., 469-494. Paris.

Serville, J. G. Audinet.

1839. Hist, naturelle des insectes : Orthopteres. Paris.

THE TETTIGIDiE OP CEYLON.

157

Sharp, D.

1895. Camb. nat. hist. V.

Stal, Carl.

1875. Recensio Orthopterorum, 3 parts. Stockholm.

1873-1875.

Schmidt, Emil.

1897. Ceylon, pp. 323, 39, pi. 1, map. Berlin.

Wallace, A. R.

1895. Island Life. MacMillan & Co., London.

Wallace, A. R.

1876. The Geographical Distribution of Animals. 2 vols.

Harper & Brothers.

An Officer, late of the Ceylon Rifles.

1876. Ceylon, a General Description of the Island, Historical,

Physical, Statistical. 2 vols. London, Chapman and Hall.

15H

SPOLJ A ZKYLANICA,

NOTES.

1 . Miscellaneous Insects from Ceylon . — The following examples

illustrative of various aspects of insect life in Ceylon were

exhibited by Mr. E. E. Green at a meeting of the Entomological

Society of London on the 1st of June, 1904.

(i) A Carpenter bee (Xylocopa fenestrata , Eab.) and a large

Asilid fly ( Hyperechia xylocopiformis , Wlk.) which very closely

mimics the bee. The fly now exhibited was observed circling

round a Xylocopa and was then mistaken for the male of that

insect. But its subsequent attitude, when at rest, betrayed its

true nature and led to its capture.

(ii) Specimens of a Mycetophilid fly and cocoons from which

they emerged. The latter are attached to leaves and pieces of

wood and show a beautiful structure, being formed of an open

network of white anastomosing threads.

(iii) Examples of a Tineid moth and its remarkable larval cases.

The case consists of a narrow tube, more than an inch long, with

numerous short diverticula at regular intervals along each side.

The larva anchors this case to the bark of the tree and exserts its

head from either extremity, or from any of the lateral diverticula,

to feed upon the surrounding lichens and minute algse. When it

has exhausted the food within reach, it severs the connecting

strands and drags the case to a fresh part. Above the middle of

the tubular case is a thickened pad, beneath which the larva rests

when moulting and under which it finally pupates.

Zi?4

must. s

1

SPOLIA ZEILANICA.

ISSUED BY

THE COLOMBO MUSEUM,

CEYLON.

Yol. II.— Part YIII.

March, 1905.

CONTENTS .

PAGE

1. Green, E. E. —

On Toxorhynchites immisericors (Walker), the Elephant

Mosquito ... ... ... 159

2. Chalmers, A. J. —

Anophelinae found in Ceylon

3. Chalmers, A. J. —

Cysticercus cellulosae in a Tamil

4. Schouteden, H. —

Notes on Ceylonese Aphides

165

179

181

5. Notes. — A. K. Coomaraswamy, A. Willey, E. E. Green,

J. Hagenbeck, &c. ... ... ... 189

With five Plates and tivo Illustrations.

[For Rate of Subscription and other Information see back of Cover.]

COLOMBO

GEORGE J. A. SKEEN, GOVERNMENT PRINT

1905.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

159

ON TOXORHYNCHITES IMMISERICORS (WALKER), THE

ELEPHANT MOSQUITO.

By E. Ernest Green, F.E.S.,

Government Entomologist , Ceylon .

With Plate.

Megarhinus immisericors , Walk. (Journ. Proc. Linn. Soc.,

Lond., IV., p. 91, 1860 ; and VII., p. 202).

Gulex regius , Thwaites (?).

Megarhinus immisericors (8), Theobald, Mono. Culic., I., p. 225,

pi. VII., fig. 28.

Megarhinus gilesii (?), Theobald, Mono. Culic., I., p. 227,

pi. IX., fig. 33.

Megarhinus subulifer , Dolleschall, Nat. Tijdschr. v. Ned. Ind.,

Y0l. XIV., p. 382.

Toxorhynchites immisericors (Walker), Theobald, Mono. Culic.,

vol. III., p. 123.

rpHE genus Toxorhynchites of Theobald (Monograph of the

^ Culicidse, vol. I., p. 244) differs from typical Megarhinus ,

to which it is otherwise very closely allied, in the short palpi of

the female. It resembles Megarhinus in the unusually large size,

brilliant colouring, and angled proboscis of both sexes (see fig. 1).

The lateral margins of the terminal segments (more particularly

in the male) are often densely tufted in both Megarhinus and

Toxorhynchites (fig. 2).

T. immisericors , though by no means so plentiful as many other

Culicidse, is not an uncommon insect in the Royal Botanic

Gardens, Peradeniya (altitude 1,500 feet). I have taken it also in

Pundalu-oya, at an elevation of over 4,000 feet. The adult insect

may be found resting on the trunks of trees and — still more

frequently — upon the stems of the Giant Bamboo (Dendrocalamus

giganteus). It occasionally flies in at the open window of a room

(always in the daytime), when its loud deep hum immediately

attracts attention to its presence. It appears to be a distinctly

day-flying insect.

Though this species is popularly known by the names of

“ Elephant Mosquito ” and “ Stinging Elephant Mosquito,” I have

8(25)04 Y

160

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

never experienced its bite, nor have I been able to induce it

to bite me by methods successful with other biting Culicidse.

Theobald quotes Captain James to the effect that “ it bites very

severely in South India, and that its bite is very poisonous” (Mon.

Culic., I., p. 226). I have been unable to ascertain the origin of the

name “Elephant Mosquito.” Does it attack the elephant ? Or

has its large size and bent proboscis earned for it this sobriquet ?

Besides Ceylon, the species is recorded from Travancore?

Nilghiris, Sikkim, Celebes, Waigiou, Mysol, North Ceram,

Burma, and Amboina.

I have kept the female insects alive for varying periods up to

eleven days, feeding them on sliced plantains.

Wishing to study the early stages of the insect, I confined a

female under a bell glass over a shallow vessel of water. Eggs

were freely deposited. They are scattered singly and separately

on the surface of the water, and do not tend to run together in

strings, as do the eggs of Anopheles. The egg (fig. 3) is of a

regular oval form, 0*55 mm. long by 0*37 mm. broad ; of a creamy

white colour ; the surface closely studded with spinose granules,

some of which are larger than the rest and disposed at more or

less regular intervals. Each of these larger granules has a

prominent apical point (fig. 4). When crushed under a cover

glass the granules readily become detached from the surface of

the egg. This granular formation doubtless accounts for the

buoyant manner in which it floats, the whole contour of the egg

being visible above the surface film. The actual operation of

egg-laying was not seen, but the female was observed jerking

itself up and down in the air just above the water, and it seems

probable that the eggs were shed at that time.

Some of the eggs hatched in two days’ time. They divide

transversely across the equator to liberate the larva. The empty

halves float on the surface with the convexity upwards.

The young larvae rest almost horizontally, though they have a

well-defined respiratory tube. Viewed from above, the position

appears to be quite horizontal ; but from the side it can be seen

that the body lies at a slight angle, the extremity of the spiracular

tube only engaging with the surface film.

The form of the newly hatched larva may be understood by

reference to fig. 5. The head is large and somewhat quadrate :

the thorax broader, but shorter than the head ; the abdominal

segments much narrower, their lateral margins strongly produced:

the terminal segment abruptly truncate. Respiratory tube short

and stout, with four small flattened rays at its extremity. The

sides of thorax and abdominal segments are furnished with

THE ELEPHANT MOSQUITO.

161

fascicles of long bristles, increasing in length from in front to

the fifth abdominal segment, and from thence decreasing again.

There are four long bristles from the extremity of the body.

The lateral bristles are weakly and loosely plumose ; those from

the posterior extremity are simple (fig. 6). There are no caudal

fins. The head and terminal segments are more densely chitinous

than the other parts. The paired air sacs can be plainly distin¬

guished lying in the thoracic region and communicating with the

respiratory tube by two long tortuous tracheae.

Instead of the brush-like organs (or whorl organs) noticeable

in Anopheles and many other larval Culicidae, there are two series

of five or six stout falcate chitinous lamellae (see fig. 7) arti¬

culated to the antero-lateral margin of the clypeus. When at rest

they are kept folded together and turned back on each side of the

head, where they look like a pair of buffalo horns (see fig. 8).

Each separate lamella is minutely toothed at its extremity. The

structure of these organs immediately suggested a carnivorous

habit — a theory fully borne out by subsequent observation. The

antennae are rather short and stout, with three or four short

bristles at the extremity and two longish hairs on the sides. The

mandibles are the most conspicuous parts of the mouth. They are

armed with stout black teeth, the exterior two long and spiniform.

The maxillary palps are stout oblong pieces, each with two small

teeth at its extremity, the maxillae themselves being broader, the

outer edge set with short bristles and a group of small but stout

teeth at the inner angle. Between the mandibles are some stout

hairs, apparently attached to the under surface of the clypeus. The

neck is mobile and extensible, but the head is never rotated like

that of larval Anopheles . The pliancy is probably necessitated by

the struggles of the victim when first captured.

Confirmation of the supposed carnivorous habit was soon forth¬

coming: firstly, by the rapid disappearance of most of the young

larvae while the remainder waxed fat ; and secondly,' by the de¬

tection of one larva in the act of devouring a comrade of the

same size as itself. It had seized it by the posterior extremity.

I then placed one of the Toxorhynchites larvae in a watch

glass with some water, and introduced the smaller larva of a

Gulex . As soon as the latter approached it was instantly seized.

The attack was so rapid that, though I was following the move¬

ments of the insects through a lens at the time, I was unable to

see the exact mode of procedure. Within two minutes’ time

nothing but the head of the victim remained. Subsequent

observation showed that the falcate lamellae were the organs of

prehension. The larvae are very sluggish, remaining — unless

162

SPOLIA ZBYLANICA.

disturbed — in one position until their prey comes within striking

distance. The lamellate organs then spring forward like the jaws

of a rat trap, but almost instantly revert to their former position,

the food being now held and manipulated by the proper mouth

parts.

Though well supplied with Gulex larvae, the young Toxorhyn-

chites continued to prey upon each other until but a single survivor

remained in each vessel. Having a habit of backing blindly

about in the water, they sooner or later come within reach of

the jaws of their companions.

As the larva increases in size the body assumes a bright reddish

tint above, the ventral parts remaining paler. The head and

terminal parts become olivaceous brown.

In spite of every attention and an ample supply of food, not a

single larva reached maturity. I am consequently unable to state

the time occupied in development from egg to mosquito. But the

natural breeding-place of the insect was discovered : in the

hollow stumps of the giant bamboos and in small pools in the

angles of the branches of other trees, whence examples in all

stages were obtained. Such natural receptacles of water are

nearly always swarming with the larvae of various mosquitoes,

more particularly with those of Stegomyia scutellaris and

Desvoidea obturbans, and each receptacle usually contained a

single larva of Toxorhynchites , seldom more than one, unless they

were quite young. Many others had probably started life there,

but — in the manner mentioned above — had gradually fallen

victims to the strongest member. This fact will account for the

comparative scarcity of the adult Toxorhynchites , and greatly

minimizes its usefulness as a Culex destroyer.

The fully grown larva of Toxorhynchites immisericors is a

giant of its kind, averaging 16 mm. in length, and of a very

robust build. It is of a dull reddish purple colour above, paler

beneath ; opaque. Theobald gives a good figure of the larva

(Mon. Culic., III., p. 118), but the remarkable raptorial organs are

not displayed. The front of the head is deeply emarginate, and

bears two fine simple bristles. The falcate lamellae now number

nine on each side, and end in a simple curved point. The

antennae are comparatively small and slender. They bear two

fine hairs on one side, a little below the apex, and a few small

points at the extremity. The body-bristles are very weakly

plumose, and spring — in loose fascicles — from densely chitinous

tubercles. There is a small but more densely plumose bristle on

each side on the dorso-lateral area of the metathoracic segment.

The stout respiratory siphon is of about the same length as

THE ELEPHANT MOSQUITO.

163

the terminal segment. There are no caudal fins, but a dense

flattened tuft of paired strongly plumose bristles springs from th

under surface of the posterior extremity. The mandibles are

stout and strongly armed, the maxillae and maxillary palps small

and inconspicuous.

Fully grown larvae, taken from the hollow bamboo stumps,

were usually found to be thickly encrusted with Vorticellce .

The pupa rests with the dorsum of thorax and base of abdomen

horizontal, the remainder of the abdomen being sharply curved

under. Theobald’s figure ( [loc . cit.) has evidently been made from

an ill-preserved specimen. Fig. 9 of the present paper will

give a better idea of its natural form and posture. It is very

robust, of a deep, olivaceous brown colour, the intersegmental

membrane dull purple. A pair of long bristles projects forwards,

one from the base of each eye. The caudal fins (fig. 10) are

broadly rounded and fringed with fine short hairs.

A living pupa placed in 4 per cent, formol lived, without

apparent inconvenience, for twenty-four hours, when it was

removed and killed in strong alcohol.

The adult mosquito makes its appearance in from five to six

days after pupation. A freshly emerged example is a truly hand¬

some insect, glowing with iridescent purple and blue tints, which,

in conjunction with the caudal tufts, gives it very much the look

of a Sesiid moth. Theobald’s description (loc, cit., I., p. 225)

answers closely to my specimens. In fresh examples the pleurae

are densely clothed with silvery white scales. In all my examples

of the male the tarsi of the first pair of limbs are entirely dark.

On the mid-leg the tarsi usually have two pale bands, but they are

often much reduced and sometimes entirely absent. The tarsi of

the hind limbs have always a single broad white band. In the

female the white bands are more conspicuous and constant. The

basal half of the front tarsi are entirely white, the mid tarsi carry

two broad white bands, and the hind tarsi a single broad band.

What is now recognized by Theobald as the female of T. immi-

sericors was described and figured in his first volume under the

name of Megarhinus gilesii. I find in my examples a broad

purple-blue median band on the venter, not mentioned by Theo¬

bald. In fresh examples the thorax is densely clothed with

bronze-green scales.

164

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE.

Toxorhynchites immisericors .

Fig. 1. — Female, side view, x 5.

Fig. 2. — Abdomen of male, dorsal view, x 6.

Fig. 3.— Egg, x 40.

Fig. 4. — Acicnlate granule from surface of egg, x 6.50.

Fig. 5. — Newly hatched larva, dorsal view, x 40.

Fig. 6. — Newly hatched larva, terminal segments, side view, x

100.

Fig. 7.- — Young larva, head, ventral view, x 75.

Fig. 8. — Young larva, head, dorsal view, with raptorial organs

retracted, x 75.

Fig. 9. — Pupa, side view, x 6.

Fig. 10. — Pupa, extremity of body and caudal fins, dorsal view,

x 15 (from empty pupal skin).

Royal Botanic Gardens,

Peradeniya, March, 1 904.

Spolia Zeylamca.

E Wilson , Cambridge.

E.E. Green , del .

TOXORHYNCHITES . GREEN.

SPOLTA ZEYLANICA.

165

ANOPHELIN/E FOUND IN CEYLON.

By Albert J. Chalmers, M.D., F.R.C.S.,

Registrar of the Ceylon Medical College,

With Maps.

1.— Introduction.

HAVE only travelled in Ceylon in the end of the dry season,

which is not the best time to collect mosquitoes ; but I have

visited a considerable number of places, and think it might be

of interest to place on record in definite form the names of the

Anophelime which I have recognized.

The great months for mosquitoes are after the north-east

monsoon rains, viz., December and January ; during this time I

have always resided in Colombo.

I am much indebted to Sir Allan Perry, Principal Civil Medical

Officer, for the opportunities given me to make these journeys

and to collect these observations, some *of which are already

published in his report (8)-.*

By the kindness of Mr. E. E. Green of Peradeniya, to whom I

am very much indebted, I have been allowed to enter in this

paper the places and the species which he has found in Ceyion

(6)-*

Mr. Green has captured Anophelinse at other times than the end

of the dry season, and I have thought it better to add these

seasons as well to my list.

By the kindness of Dr. Philip, Medical Officer of Health,

Colombo, I am permitted to draw attention to his observations

(10).

I also invite attention to the work of Major Manders, R.A.M.C.,

late of Trincomalee (9).*

This paper is Part II. of a report on the Prevention of Malaria

in Ceylon submitted to the Government of Ceylon, by whose kind

permission it is allowed to be printed.

These numbers indicate the references at the end.

166

SPOLIA ZBYLANICA.

2. — List of Species found in Ceylon.

I have recognized the following species of the Anophelinae in

Ceylon, and Mr. Green of Peradeniya has found one species,

Nyssorhynchus maculatus , which I have not found, but which is

included to make the list complete. The names are those given

in Theobald’s Monograph on the Culicidae of the World, vol. III.

(1) Genus Myzomyia (Blanchard) : —

Species 1 : Myzomyia Rossii (Giles).

Species 2 : Myzomyia culicifacies (Giles).

Species 3 : Myzomyia Listoni (Liston).

(2) Genus Myzorhynchus (Blanchard) : —

Species 4 : Myzorhynchus barbirostris (Van der Wulp).

(3) Genus Nyssorhynchus (Blanchard) : —

Species 5 : Nyssorhynchus maculipalpis (Giles).

Species 6 : Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus (Giles).

Species 7 : Nyssorhynchus Theobaldi (Giles), found

by Mr. E. E. Green.

(4) Genus Pyretophorus (Blanchard) : —

Species 9 : Pyretophorus jeyporensis (Theobald).

(5) Genus Cellia (Theobald) : —

Species 10 : Cellia argyrotarsis (Robineau-Desveidy).

The most common are the Myzomyia Rossii, Myzomyia culici¬

facies, Myzorhynchus barbirostris. The Anophelinae found in

Ceylon are the same species as those found by Stevens, Christo¬

phers, James, and others in India, and are different from those of

Africa and America.

A doubtful species is. noted, Nyssorhynchus Jamesii, by Dr.

Philip, from Mutwal, Colombo, named from a damaged specimen.

3. — Conditions of Life.

Ceylon, with its damp warm climate and its abundant collection

of water in rivers, wewas, pokunas, kulams, paddy fields, &c., is

very suitable for the life of Anophelinae. But the conditions

under which they exist at the end of the dry season can hardly

be said to be the most favourable. The tanks are shrunk and

dried up, the rivers are very low, and small pools, except as the

remnants of much larger collections, are not in existence ; but

Ceylon is peculiarly well supplied with water from the two wet

seasons of the south-west and north-east monsoons, and by the

system of irrigation tanks or wewas, by its numerous rivers, by

its smaller collections of water in pokunas, kerLeys, wells, and

paddy fields, and therefore even at the end of the dry season there

is some water at places scattered all over the Island. I have

ANOPEJELINiE FOUND IN CEYLON.

I67

found the larvae of the Anophelinse in the rivers, wewas, the

pokunas, the kerneys, and the paddy fields, and at times in wells

under conditions presently to be described. The greatest enemy

of the larvae appears to be fish. The adults of many of the

species can only be found with great difficulty, and some not at

all, in the end of the dry season; while other species are most

abundant and can be easily obtained.

I now propose to discuss certain conditions in the life of the

various species.

(1) Myzomyia Rossii (Fig. 2).

This species appears to occur all over Ceylon, and probably at all

times of the year, but it is extremely noticeable in Jaffna and

elsewhere that, when it is difficult to find other species of

Anophelinse, it is easy to find Rossii, and the reason appears to be

that it is not particular as to the kind of water in which it breeds.

It seems always to be associated with human habitations. The

adults show considerable variation in the wings, as pointed out by

James (3). The number of males produced at one time is most

remarkable. I found a large swarm of males at Batticaloa with

but few females.

The eggs can be easily found and easily recognized by the

characters set forth by Stephens and Christophers (2), (4), and

James (3). The larvae can be found in the wewas, kulams,

pokunas, kerneys, pools, puddles, drippings by the side of wells

in fresh and brackish water, and in paddy fields with water, if

there are no prawns or fish, or if there is sufficient weed to pro¬

tect them. I have only once found the larvae in a running river,

but never in deep dark wells, and I agree with Manders that, as a

rule, Anopheles larvae prefer sunshine. I have noticed at times

that on the shady side of a pool there will be few larvae, while on

the sunny side there will be large quantities, but there are excep¬

tions to this. Their great enemies, as in the case of all larvae,

are prawns and fish.

The characters of the larvae are those set forth by Stephens and

Christophers (2), (4), and by James (3), but the palmate hairs are

not so constant as represented by them, for, while they are found

on the second to the seventh segment inclusive, they may be well

developed on the first or on one side of the first and not on the

other side.

The larvae differ in colour according to habitat, being dark in

the paddy fields, green in green pools, and whitish in the white

sandy pools of certain parte of Jaffna. This appears to me to be

8(25)04 Z

168

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA*

protective. The larvae are omnivorous and cannibalistic. They

are often the subjects of parasitism of such animals as vorticella, &c.

I have not observed any particular features about the pupae.

(2) Myzomyia culicifacies (Fig. 3).

The adult is difficult to be found in the end of the dry season,

but the larvae are abundant. They are to be found in clear run¬

ning water, and the best place to look for them is in the rivers,

where they can be found in the back eddies by the bank, near or

associated with weeds. I have found them at places scattered

along the same river for about fifty miles.

They seem particularly abundant in the rivers of lower Uva.

I have also found them in the edges of quickly running little

streams if there are weeds. I have never found them in dirty or

stagnant water. I have found the larvae in wells in which the

water was near the surface, and into which light penetrated

easily.

(3) Myzomyia Listoni (Fig. 4).

I have only found the larvae of this species at Batticaloa in the

pools of what was originally a running stream, and at Tangalla.

(4) Myzorhynchus barbirostris (Fig. 5).

The adults of this species have been easily found in nearly all

the places in which they are marked. They appear to be present

at all times of the year, but their known distribution in Ceylon

is peculiar, being only in south and west. However, future

investigations may show them to be present in the other regions.

The larvae are easily found, and are rather easily known, owing

to the third abdominal segment being light in colour, whereas in

general appearance they are black and large.

The larvae were only found by me in clean water. I have not

noticed them in running water, only in clear pools. There seems

to be some slight variation in the palmate hairs, viz., the second

segment hair may be poorly developed, and there may be at times

a badly developed hair on the first abdominal segment with well-

developed ones from the second to the seventh. I have found it

quite green ; probably this was protective.

(5) Nyssorhynchus maculipalpis (Fig. 6).

The adults have been found by me in Colombo and sent to me

by the Medical Officer of the jail at Mahara. They are difficult

to find and recognize. The larvae were found in a little trickling

stream running from a spring to a well at Mahara and in the pools

along this stream, and in similar little streams and pools in other

places.

ANOPHELINiE FOUND IN CEYLON.

169

(6) Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus (Fig. 7).

For a detailed account of this Anopheles and its larvae see

Major Manders’ paper (9). The larvae are green in colour, and it

should be noted that there are rudimentary palmate hairs on the

first abdominal segment (and more rarely a very rudimentary one

on the thorax), at times well developed from second to seventh

inclusive. I found these larvae in the weedy edges of the large

wewa at Tissamaharama.

(7) Nyssorhynchus Theobaldi (Fig. 8).

I found the larvae of this Anopheles living in streams among

the vegetation. The characters laid down by James (3) appear

correct.

(6) Nyssorhynchus maculatus (Fig. 9).

I have not met this species, which so far has only been found

by Mr. Green.

(9) Pyretophorus jeyporensis (Fig. 10).

I have found the larvae of this species in pools with clear water.

(10) Gellia argyrotarsis (Fig. 1).

I have found the adults and the larvae, the latter in clear

pools.

3.— The Geographical and Seasonal Distribution.

These species of Anopheles have been found in the following

places at the months mentioned : —

(1) Myzomyia Rossii (Fig. 2).

(3) Myzomyici Listoni (Fig. 4).

Batticaloa ... September

Tangalla ... do.

(4) Myzorhynchus

(5) Nyssorhynchus

Lunugala District September

Bandarawela ... do.

Koslanda ... do.

barbirostris (Fig. 5).

Puttalam ... March

Galgamuwa

(Green) ... August

Yatiyantota

(Green) . . . March

! Peradeniya(Green) January,

Septem¬

ber, Octo¬

ber, Nov¬

ember

maculipalpis (Fig. 6).

Mahara ... October

Colombo ... do.

AN0PHELIN2E FOUND IN CEYLON.

171

(6) Nyssorhynchus fuliginosus (Fig. 7).

Bibile ...September

Tissamaharama ... do.

Trincomalee

(Green) ... March,

April,

May

Galgamuwa

(Green) . . . August

Trincomalee

(Manders) ... November,

December,

January,

February,

March,

April.

May,

June

(7) Nyssorhynchus Theobaldi (Fig. 8).

Lunugala District ... September

(8) Nyssorhynchus maculatus (Fig. 9).

Peradeniya (Green) ... June, July, September,

October, December

Pundalu-oya (Green) ... February

(9) Pyretophorus jeyporensis (Fig. 10).

Galle District ... September

(10) Gcllia argyrotarsis (Fig. 1).

Kurunegala ... February and March

Near Anuradhapura ... September

4.— Relationship to Malaria.

It is now well known that it is not every species of the

Anopheles which can carry the malarial parasite, and of those

existing in Ceylon I think that it can be definitely stated that

Myzomyia Rossii has nothing to do with the spread of malarial

fever.

I have also failed to find the parasite in Myzorhynchus bar »

birostris , which is also to be considered as a non-carrier of

malaria.

Of the Anophelinse found in Ceylon which are recognized to

be malaria-carriers, Myzomyia culicifacies is the best known.

And this is the one found associated with epidemics in Ceylon,

e.g.9 at Mutwal, and with the bad malarial districts, e.g ., Meda*

gama, in the Province of Uva.

172

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Myzomyia Listoni is known to carry the germ in India. Nys-

sorhynchus maculipalpis is doubtful, and Pyretophorus jeyporensis

is suspected, but neither these nor any of the others have been

proved as yet without doubt to be spreaders of malaria.

I suspected Nyssorhynchus maculipalpis as the cause of the

spread- of fever at Mahara jail, but did not get sufficient for

dissection purposes, and therefore cannot say definitely.

There is a great difference between West Africa and Ceylon.

In West Africa about 50 per cent, of the Anopheles I dissected,

which were Anopheles costalis , now called Pyretophorus costalis ,

and the little mosquito which I called Anopheles Kumassi (7),

contained the germ.

5.— Future Investigations.

The knowledge of the Anophelinse in Ceylon is very imperfect.

They have never been studied in the wet season. Nothing is

known about their distribution in the months of December and

January. Only Rossii and barbirostris have been dissected in any

number, consequently the relationship of the species of Anopheles

to malaria in Ceylon has yet to be clearly made out.

ANOPHELINiE FOUND IN CEYLON.

173

REFERENCES .

(1) Theobald’s Monograph on the Culicidae of the World, vols.

I. and III., British Museum, 1901, 1903.

(2) Stevens and Christophers : Practical Study of Malaria

(Longmans, Green, & Co.), 1903.

(3) James : Malaria in India. Scientific Memoirs by the Officers

of the Medical and Sanitary Departments of India. New Series,

No. 2. Calcutta, 1902.

(1) Stevens and Christophers : Report to the Malaria Com¬

mittee of the Royal Society (Harrison & Sons). Eight series,

from 1899-1903.

(5) Stephens: Discussions on the Prophylaxis of Malaria.

British Medical Journal, 17th September, 1904, page 629.

(6) Green : Circular, Series I., No. 25, of the Royal Botanic

Gardens, Peradeniya, page 368.

(7) Chalmers : Lancet, November, 1900.

(8) Chalmers : Principal Civil Medical Officer’s Administration

Report, 1901, page A 2.

(9) Manders : Life-history of Anopheles fuliginosus. Bombay

Natural History Society’s Journal, vol, XV., No. 2, page 265.

(10) Philip : Circular of the Municipal Council of Colombo,

No. 1,380, of 30th July, 1904.

MAPS .

Fig. 1. — Map of Ceylon, showing the Provinces and a few

important towns and the distribution of Gellia

argyrotarsis.

Fig. 2. — The distribution of Myzomyia Rossii.

€ELL1A A RG Y ROT ARSIS. HYZOMYIA ROSSII.

174

SPOIilA 3EYMNICA

Fig. 3.

MYZOMYIA CVLICIFAGIES. UYZOMYIA LISTON! .

ANOPHELINiE FOUND IN CEYLON.

175

8(25)04

r— I C? SO iQ

Fig. 7. Fig. 8.

NYSSORHYNCHIJS FELIGIN08US. NY8SOKHYNCHIIS THEOBALOI.

ANOPHKLINiE POUND IN CEYLON

177

¥

1 Trincomalee ; 2 Galgarnuwa; 3 Tissamaharama

Fig. 9. Fig. 10.

NYSSORHOCHIJS MACULATUS. PYRKWH0RD8 JEYPORENSIS.

178 SPOLIA ZEJYLANICA.

#

t?

1 Peradeniya ; 2 Pundaiu-oya 1 Gralle

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

179

GY8TICERCU8 CELLULOSE IN A TAMIL.

By Albert J. Chalmers, M.D., F.R.C.S.,

Registrar of the Ceylon Medical College,

YSTICERCUS CELLULOSE has not, as far as I know,

been recorded in a human being in Ceylon, and therefore

these few notes may be of interest.

A Tamil woman, aged forty years, died with obscure symptoms

in the General Hospital, Colombo. On making the post-mortem

a few well-developed Cysticerci were found lying in the inter¬

muscular septa of the pectoralis major muscle on both sides of

the body. On examining the brain a considerable number of

Cysticerci were found in the gray matter of the cortex, in the

choroid plexus of the lateral ventricles, in the third ventricle,

in the brachium conjunctivum, and in the pons.

Many other muscles and all the other organs, except the eye,

were examined, but no more cysts were found.

No adult tapeworms were found in the intestines, which were

inflamed and ulcerated.

Remarks .

The two common bladder worms which are found in men are

Cysticercus cellulosse and the Echinococcus. The latter is not

indigenous to Ceylon, and the only case I am acquainted with

was a Boer prisoner of war, who suffered from hydatids, and was

treated at Diyatalawa Camp by Dr. Garvin, Senior Surgeon to the

General Hospital, Colombo.

The tapeworms at present known to affect man in Ceylon are

Tcenia solium and Taenia saginata .

The Cysticercus cellulosce is very common in Europe ; in fact

it was said to be found as commonly as in 2 per cent, of all

post-mortems in certain parts of Germany (Virchow). Its most

common site is in the brain, and after that in the muscles.

The most common place in the brain for it to be found is in

the membranes and cortex, and after these in the corpora

striata and optic thalamus, the fourth ventricle, and lastly in

the choroid plexus.

It is not common in the cerebellum, and the brachium conjunc¬

tivum or superior cerebellar peduncle is not mentioned, nor is

the pons. Of the muscles, the pectoralis major is most common.

180

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

The eye was not examined in this body. In Europe cysticercus

of the eye is not uncommon, but in Ceylon, according to Dr.

W. H. de Silva, the Ophthalmic Surgeon to the General Hospital.

Colombo, it has not been found.

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

3 81

NOTES ON CEYLONESE APHIDES.

By H. SCHOUTEDEN.

(Brussels.)

With Plate.

THROUGH the kindness of Mr. E. E. Green, of the Botanical

Gardens of Peradeniya, I was able to examine a few

Ceylonese Aphides, amongst which I found very interesting

forms.

Of the species, four in number, which, according to the wish of

Mr. Green, I here describe, two are new to science : Ceratopem-

phigus zehntneri and Lachnus Greeni ; the others are already

described forms : the Siphonophora artocarpi of Westwood and

Oregma bambusce of Buckton. As was already to be seen on the

figures given by Westwood in the Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond., the first

is not at all a Siphonophora, nor even a Siphonophorid (Macrosip-

hid). As to Oregma bambusce , B., it is a very peculiar species,

the description of which, however, is very insufficient, and the

figures, in the Ind. Mus. Notes, rather fantastic !

GREENIDEA, n. g.

For the reception of the Siphonophora artocarpi of Westwood

it seems to me necessary to erect a new genus, which I take much

pleasure in naming Greenidea. This may be characterized as

follows : —

“ Body elongate, furnished with numerous strong bristles on the

whole upper surface, including the cornicles : these very long,

nearly cylindrical, slightly constricted at base. Cauda very

short, but well marked. No frontal tubercles, vertex nearly plain.

Antennae six-jointed, the sixth joint furnished with an appendix

longer than basal part. Anterior wings with the cubitus twice

forked ; second oblique vein peculiarly -> curved ; posterior

wings with two oblique veins removed at base ; wings carried

vertically at rest.”

Greenidea will be easily separated from the other genera of

Aphidinae by the strong bristles which cover the body and corni¬

cles, and by the shape of these and the cauda.

I. — Greenidea artocarpi (Westw.).

Siphonophora artocarpi , Westwood, Trans. Ent. Soc., Lond.,

1890, p. 649, pi. XXI.; l.cn 1891, p. 413,

182

SPOLIA ZEYLANICA.

Apterous Viviparous Female (figs. 1 and 2).

Body elongate, ovate, bright pale green, with the cornicles dark

brown (pale brownish on immature specimens) and the eyes

crimson. Upper surface furnished with transverse rows of long

and rigid bristles arranged as follows : on the cephalothorax,

between the antennae, two bristles (nearly equally distant from

antennae as from each other) on a transverse line between

anterior margin of eyes, a row of six and two rows of four and six

beneath eyes ; on mesonotum, near the anterior margin, in the

middle, two somewhat shorter bristles, then an anterior sub¬

marginal row of six strong setae, and on posterior part six ; on

the following segment an anterior row of eight bristles ; the

following abdominal segments with irregular rows of bristles ;

between the cornicles an arcuate row of four, another posterior of